As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2004
                                                     Registration No. 333-112153

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                        PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                               SE Financial Corp.
          -------------------------------------------------------------
          (Exact name of Small Business Issuer as specified in charter)


            Pennsylvania                    6035                 57-1199010
- ---------------------------------      -----------------     -------------------
(State or other jurisdiction           (Primary SIC No.)     (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)                            Identification No.)

       1901-03 East Passyunk Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19148-2220
                                  215-468-1700
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices
                        and principal place of business)

                         Mr. Frank S. DePaolo, President
       1901-03 East Passyunk Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19148-2220
                                  215-468-1700
          -------------------------------------------------------------
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                  Please send copies of all communications to:

      Samuel J. Malizia, Esq.               Kent Krudys, Esq.
      Tiffany A. Hasselman, Esq.            LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK, P.C.
      MALIZIA SPIDI & FISCH, PC             5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW
      1100 New York Ave., N.W.              Suite 400
      Suite 340 West                        Washington, DC 20015-2005
      Washington, D.C.  20005               (202) 274-2000
      (202) 434-4660

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
  As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

      If this Form is filed to register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration  statement number of the earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

      If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same
offering.
[  ]

      If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same
offering.
[  ]

      If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]

      The registrant hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  registration
statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  registration  statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.


PROSPECTUS                                             [SE Financial Corp. logo]

                               SE FINANCIAL CORP.
        (Proposed Holding Company for St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank)

                     Up to 2,012,500 Shares of Common Stock

         SE  Financial  Corp.  is offering  for sale up to  2,012,500  shares of
common  stock at  $10.00  per share in  connection  with the  conversion  of St.
Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank from a federal  mutual savings bank to a federal
stock savings bank. As part of the conversion, St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank
will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of SE Financial Corp.


         We are offering for sale up to 2,012,500 shares of common stock. We may
sell up to  2,314,375  shares  because of  changes  in the  market  and  general
financial and economic conditions without notifying prospective  purchasers.  We
must sell a minimum of  1,487,500  shares in order to complete the  offering.  ^
Purchases of stock in the offering by our directors and executive  officers will
be counted toward such minimum.  The maximum purchase for any person, or persons
through a single account,  is 10,000 shares.  The minimum purchase is 25 shares.
The subscription offering is expected to terminate on ___________, 2004 at 12:00
noon,  eastern time. We may extend this  termination  date without notice to you
until  ___________,  2004.  To the  extent  that  shares  remain  available  and
depending on market  conditions at or near the  completion  of the  subscription
offering,  we may  conduct  a  community  offering  and  possibly  a  syndicated
community offering.  The community offering,  if any, may commence  concurrently
with, during or subsequent to the completion of the subscription offering, and a
syndicated community offering,  if any, would commence just prior to, or as soon
as  practicable  after,  the  termination  of the  subscription  offering.  Once
submitted, orders placed in the subscription,  community or syndicated community
offerings  are  irrevocable  unless the ^ offerings  are  terminated or extended
beyond ___________,  2004. ^ We may request permission from the Office of Thrift
Supervision to extend the offerings beyond  ____________,  2004, but in no event
may the subscription,  community or syndicated  community  offerings be extended
beyond  ___________,  2006.  Funds  received prior to completion of the offering
will be held in an escrow account at St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank and will
earn  interest  at the  savings  account  rate.  In the  event the  offering  is
terminated, funds will be promptly returned with interest.


         There is currently no public market for the stock.  SE Financial  Corp.
anticipates that the stock will be quoted on the OTC Electronic  Bulletin Board.
See Market for the Stock on page ___ of this document.

         Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P. will use its best efforts to assist us
in selling our common stock.  Sandler O'Neill & Partners,  L.P. is not obligated
to purchase any of the common stock that is being offered.


This  investment  involves  risk,  including the possible  loss of principal.  ^
Please read "Risk Factors" beginning on page __.




                                                                     Minimum            Maximum         Maximum, as
                                                                     -------            -------         -----------
                                                                                                         Adjusted
                                                                                                         --------

                                                                                              
Number of ^ shares........................................          1,487,500         2,012,500          2,314,375
^ Underwriting commissions and other offering expenses....           $437,000          $485,000           $513,000
Estimated ^ net proceeds..................................        $14,438,000       $19,640,000        $22,630,750
Estimated ^ net proceeds per share........................              $9.71             $9.76              $9.78


1    At the maximum of the offering range, includes underwriting commissions and
     expenses of approximately $281,000.
2    Consists of the  estimated  expenses of  $232,000,  which  includes  legal,
     accounting, appraisal, printing, postage, and filing fees and expenses.


         These  securities  are not  deposits  or savings  accounts  and are not
insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation or any other
governmental agency.

         Neither the  Securities and Exchange  Commission,  the Office of Thrift
Supervision, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, nor any state securities
regulator  has approved or  disapproved  these  securities or determined if this
prospectus  is accurate or  complete.  Any  representation  to the contrary is a
criminal offense.

     For assistance, please contact the conversion center at (215) ___-____


              ----------------------------------------------------
                        Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P.
              ----------------------------------------------------
                  The date of this prospectus is March __, 2004




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----


Summary......................................................................
Risk Factors.................................................................
Use of Proceeds..............................................................
Dividend Policy..............................................................
Market for the Stock.........................................................
Capitalization...............................................................
Pro Forma Data...............................................................
Historical and Pro Forma Capital Compliance..................................
Recent Developments..........................................................
Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data.............................
Forward-Looking Statements...................................................
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
   Financial Condition and Results of Operations.............................
Business of SE Financial Corp................................................
Business of St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank ...............................
Regulation...................................................................
Taxation.....................................................................
Management...................................................................
The Conversion...............................................................
The Stock Offering...........................................................
Restrictions on Acquisition of SE Financial Corp.............................
Description of Capital Stock.................................................
Legal and Tax Opinions.......................................................
Experts......................................................................
Registration Requirements....................................................
Where You Can Find Additional Information....................................
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements...................................




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     SUMMARY


This summary  highlights  selected  information  from this  document and may not
contain all the  information  that is important to you. To understand  the stock
offering fully,  you should read this entire document  carefully,  including the
consolidated  financial  statements and the notes to the consolidated  financial
statements of St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank beginning on page F-1.


                               SE Financial Corp.

                          1901-03 East Passyunk Avenue
                             Philadelphia, PA 19148
                                 (215) 468-1700

         SE Financial Corp. is a new company incorporated under Pennsylvania law
and has not engaged in any  significant  business to date. Its primary  activity
will be owning all the stock of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank  (sometimes
referred to herein as the "Bank"). It will invest its initial  capitalization as
discussed under Use of Proceeds on page ___. In the future,  it may pursue other
business   activities,   including   the   addition   of  branch   offices   and
diversification  of operations.  There are,  however,  no current  arrangements,
understandings or agreements for these activities. See page ___.

                        St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank

         St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank is a  federally-chartered  mutual
savings bank. It is converting from the mutual to the stock form of ownership as
part of the conversion. At October 31, 2003, the Bank had total assets, deposits
and  retained  earnings  of $87.4  million,  $72.3  million  and  $7.7  million,
respectively.  Approximately  58.1% of total  assets were  comprised of loans at
October 31, 2003.

         St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank was originally  chartered in 1912 as
St.   Edmond's   Building   and  Loan   Association.   In  1995,   it  became  a
federally-chartered  savings bank. The Bank's deposits are federally  insured by
the Savings  Association  Insurance Fund as  administered by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation. The Bank is regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision
and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.


         The  Bank  is  a  community-oriented  savings  organization,  providing
traditional retail banking services. The Bank's lending products include one- to
four-family  residential  mortgage loans (including investor loans and mixed-use
loans),  multi-family  mortgage  loans,  commercial  real estate mortgage loans,
construction loans, home equity loans,  savings account loans and other consumer
loans.  The  Bank's  primary  source  of funds  for its  lending  and  investing
activities is deposits,  with ^ an emphasis on certificates of deposit. The Bank
conducts  its  operations  through  its main  office  located  in  Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania and a branch office located in Sewell,  New Jersey. See Business of
St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank beginning on page __.


Business Strategy.


         ^ In the future,  our  business  strategy ^ will be to grow and improve
our profitability by:

          o    Emphasizing  one- to four-family  residential real estate lending
               (both  owner-occupied  and  investor-owned),  while continuing to
               originate multi-family and commercial real estate lending;

          o    Increasing our assets;

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        1


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          o    Utilizing  the capital  raised in the offering to help manage our
               interest rate risk;

          o    Offering new products and services to our customers; and

        o         Maintaining high asset quality.


^


How the Conversion Will Occur.


         We will effect the  conversion by exchanging  the Bank's federal mutual
savings  bank  charter for a federal  stock  savings bank charter and ^ the Bank
will become a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of SE Financial  Corp. On the effective
date, SE Financial  Corp.  will commence  business as a savings and loan holding
company, and St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank will continue its business but as
a federally-chartered stock savings bank. See pages ___ to ___.


Reasons for the Conversion.

         Over the past several  years,  the Board of  Directors of St.  Edmond's
Federal Savings Bank has  extensively  discussed both long-range and short-range
business  strategies to achieve  profitability  and growth.  The Board concluded
that  operation in the future as a mutual thrift would limit the Bank's  ability
to raise capital and to compete in a changing  business  environment.  The Board
has therefore  determined that it is in the best interest of the Bank to convert
to a stock  association.  The business  purposes for the conversion  include the
following:

o    The  proceeds  from the sale of common  stock of SE  Financial  Corp.  will
     provide the Bank with additional equity capital,  which will support future
     deposit growth and expanded  operations.  While the Bank currently  exceeds
     its regulatory capital  requirements,  the sale of stock in connection with
     the conversion,  coupled with the accumulation of earnings,  less dividends
     or other reductions in capital,  from year to year,  represents a means for
     the orderly  preservation  and expansion of the Bank's  capital  base,  and
     allows it flexibility to respond to sudden and unanticipated capital needs.

o    We will be in a position  after the  conversion  and  offering,  subject to
     regulatory limitations and our financial position, to take advantage of any
     expansion  or  diversification  opportunities  that may arise.  The holding
     company  form of  organization  is expected  to provide us with  additional
     flexibility to diversify our business  activities through existing or newly
     formed subsidiaries, or through acquisitions or mergers. However, we do not
     have any current  arrangements,  understandings or agreements regarding any
     such opportunities.

Our Use of the Proceeds Raised from the Sale of Stock.

         SE Financial  Corp.  will use at least 50% of the net proceeds from the
offering to purchase  all of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank's  stock.  SE
Financial  Corp.  will also lend St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank's employee
stock ownership plan cash to enable the plan to buy 8% of the shares sold in the
offering.  The  balance  will  be  retained  as  SE  Financial  Corp.'s  initial
capitalization  and  used for  general  business  purposes,  which  may  include
investment in securities,  paying cash dividends or  repurchasing  shares of its
common stock.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        2



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         The funds received by St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank will be used
for  general  business  purposes,  including  originating  loans and  purchasing
securities.  In addition,  the Bank may also use the proceeds of the offering to
expand either through opening or acquiring  branch  offices.  The Bank does not,
however,  have any current  arrangements,  understandings  or agreements for the
expansion of its branch offices. See Use of Proceeds beginning on page ___.


         Assuming  the  sale  of  $14,875,000,   $17,500,000,   $20,125,000  and
$23,143,750 of common stock at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and maximum,  as
adjusted,  respectively,  of the offering range, expenses of $437,000, $461,000,
$485,000  and  $513,000,  at the  minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and  maximum,  as
adjusted,  respectively,  and the  purchase of 8% of the shares by the  employee
stock  ownership plan, the following table shows the manner in which we will use
the net proceeds:



                                                                                                               MAXIMUM, AS
                                       MINIMUM               MIDPOINT                 MAXIMUM                   ADJUSTED
                             ------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------ ----------------------
                                     $        %             $          %          $             %               $        %
                             -----------  ----------- -----------  ----------- -----------  ----------- ------------  --------
                                                                    (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                             
Loan to employee stock
    ownership plan..........    $  1,190        8.2%     $  1,400        8.2%     $  1,610        8.2%    $  1,852       8.2%
Investment in Bank..........       7,219       50.0         8,519       50.0         9,820       50.0       11,316      50.0
SE Financial Corp.                 6,029       41.8         7,120       41.8         8,210       41.8        9,463      41.8
                                 -------      -----       -------      -----        ------      -----       ------     -----
    working capital.........
         Net Proceeds.......     $14,438      100.0%      $17,039      100.0%      $19,640      100.0%     $22,631     100.0%
                                  ======      =====        ======      =====        ======      =====       ======     =====


$10.00  Per  Share  Stock  Price  and the  Number  of Shares to be Issued in the
Conversion.

         The offering  range is based on an  independent  valuation  prepared by
FinPro,   Inc.,  an  appraisal  firm  experienced  in  appraisals  of  financial
institutions  ^. The  appraisal  is reviewed but is not approved by the Board of
Directors.  ^ FinPro has  determined  that as of January 20, 2004, our estimated
aggregate  pro forma  market  value  was $17.5  million,  the  mid-point  of the
valuation  range.  Pursuant to regulations,  this value must be within a minimum
valuation range of $14.9 million and a maximum valuation range of $20.1 million,
subject to  adjustment.  Based on this valuation and the $10.00 per share price,
the number of shares of common  stock being issued by SE  Financial  Corp.  will
range from  1,487,500  to  2,012,500.  The $10.00 per share  price was  selected
primarily  because it is the price most commonly used in stock offerings of this
type.


         The following table ^ compares SE Financial  Corp.'s pro forma price to
core  earnings  multiple  and pro  forma  price to  tangible  book  ratio at the
minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted of the offering range to the
median price to core earnings  multiple and price to tangible book ratio for the
comparable  publicly  traded peer group  companies  identified  in the valuation
report.  See Pro Forma Data on page __ for a description of the assumptions used
in  calculating  the pro forma price to core  earnings  multiples  and pro forma
price to tangible book ratios for SE Financial  Corp.  See The Stock  Offering -
Stock  Pricing  and the  Number  of Shares  to be  Offered  on page ___ for more
information  about the  procedures  used by FinPro in preparing the  independent
valuation.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        3



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                                                             Pro Forma         Pro Forma
                                                           Price to Core       Price to
                                                              Earnings         Tangible
                                                              Multiple        Book Ratio
                                                              --------         --------
                                                                     

SE Financial ^ Corp.(1):
     Minimum (1,487,500 shares sold)....................      ^ 25.64x          73.15%
     Midpoint (1,750,000 shares sold)...................      ^ 30.30x          77.40%
     Maximum (2,012,500 shares sold)....................      ^ 33.33x          80.84%
     Maximum, as adjusted (2,314,375 shares sold).......      ^ 38.46x          84.10%

                                                           Price to Core       Price to
                                                              Earnings         Tangible
                                                              Multiple        Book Ratio
                                                              --------         --------

Median for comparable peer group companies..............        18.48x         129.65%
Mean for comparable peer group companies................        22.42x         133.68%


- -----------^
(1)  The price/core  earnings  multiples  shown here for SE Financial  Corp. are
     based on core  earnings  for the twelve  months  ended  October 31, 2003 as
     required  by  regulatory  appraisal   guidelines,   while  the  information
     presented  in the  tables  under Pro Forma  Data on page __ is based on net
     income for the twelve months ended October 31, 2003.

         The ratios we have  presented  are commonly  requested  by  prospective
investors  in order to determine  whether or not the stock meets the  investor's
investment  criteria.  Because of  differences  and  important  factors  such as
operating characteristics, financial performance, asset size, capital structure,
and business  prospects between us and other fully converted  institutions,  you
should not rely on these  comparative  valuation  ratios as an  indication as to
whether or not the stock is an appropriate  investment for you. The  independent
valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any
kind  as to the  advisability  of  purchasing  the  common  stock.  Because  the
independent  valuation  is based on  estimates  and  projections  on a number of
matters,  all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can
be given that  persons  purchasing  the common  stock will be able to sell their
shares at a price equal to or greater than the purchase price.  See Risk Factors
- - You may not be able to sell your  shares when you desire or for $10.00 or more
per share on page ___, Pro Forma Data on page ___ and The Stock Offering - Stock
Pricing and the Number of Shares to be Offered on page ___.


         We  received  authorization  from the Office of Thrift  Supervision  on
March __, 2004, based on the independent  valuation,  to issue between a minimum
of 1,487,500 shares and a maximum of 2,012,500 shares. The independent valuation
must be updated and confirmed by FinPro,  Inc.  before we may complete the stock
offering.  Any changes in the appraisal would be subject to regulatory approval.
The maximum  amount of common stock being  offered may be increased by up to 15%
without  notice to persons  who have  subscribed  for stock,  so that a total of
2,314,375  shares could be issued.  If the updated  independent  valuation would
result in more than 2,314,375 shares being issued, we will be required to notify
all persons who have  subscribed and such persons would have the  opportunity to
change or cancel their subscription  orders, and, unless an affirmative response
is received, a subscriber's funds will be returned with interest at St. Edmond's
Federal Savings Bank's regular savings account rate.

The Amount of Stock You May Purchase.

Minimum purchase      = 25 shares
Maximum purchase      = 10,000 shares

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        4



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


The  maximum  number of shares that any  individual  (or  individuals  through a
single  account) may purchase is 10,000.  The maximum  number of shares that any
individual ^ may purchase together with any associate or group of persons acting
in concert is 20,000 shares.


The Offering.

         You might not receive any or all of the stock you request. St. Edmond's
Federal Savings Bank has granted  subscription  rights in the following order of
priority:


o    Priority 1 - depositors of St. ^ Edmond's Federal Savings Bank at the close
     of business on December 31, 2002, with deposits of at least $50.00.


o    Priority 2 - the tax qualified employee stock benefit plans of St. Edmond's
     Federal Savings Bank.


o    Priority 3^ -  depositors  as of  February  __,  2004 and  borrowers  as of
     September 29, 1995 who continue as borrowers as of the close of business on
     February __, 2004.


         The subscription  offering will terminate at 12:00 noon,  eastern time,
on ____________,  2004. We may extend this expiration date without notice to you
for up to 45 days,  until  ____________,  2004.  Once  submitted,  your order is
irrevocable  unless the offering is extended beyond  ____________,  2004. We may
request  permission from the Office of Thrift Supervision to extend the offering
beyond  ____________,  2004, but in no event may the offering be extended beyond
____________,  2006. If the offering is extended beyond  ____________,  2004, we
will be required to notify each subscriber and resolicit  subscriptions.  During
any extension period, subscribers will have the right to modify or rescind their
subscriptions,  and, unless an affirmative  response is received, a subscriber's
funds will be returned  with interest at St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank's
regular savings account rate.

         We may cancel the offering at any time prior to the special  meeting of
members  of the Bank to vote on the plan of  conversion.  If we do,  orders  for
common stock already  submitted will be canceled and subscribers'  funds will be
returned with interest.

         We may also offer  shares of common stock in a community  offering.  In
the community offering,  people who reside in Philadelphia County,  Pennsylvania
and Gloucester County,  New Jersey will have first preference.  This part of the
offering may commence  concurrently  with the subscription  offering or any time
thereafter  and may  terminate  at any time  without  notice  but no later  than
____________, 2004.

         Shares  not  sold in the  subscription  or  community  offering  may be
offered for sale in a syndicated community offering,  which would be an offering
to the general  public on a best efforts basis by a syndicate of broker  dealers
managed  by Sandler  O'Neill &  Partners,  L.P.  This part of the  offering  may
terminate at any time without notice but no later than ____________, 2004.


         You  cannot  transfer  your  subscription  rights.  If you  attempt  to
transfer  your  rights,  you may lose the right to  purchase  shares  and may be
subject to criminal prosecution and/or other sanctions.  Shares purchased in the
subscription  offering must be registered in the names of all  depositors on the
qualifying account(s). Deleting depositors or adding non-depositors or otherwise
altering the form of  beneficial  ownership of a qualifying  account will ^ void
your subscription ^ order.


         We have the  right  to  reject  any  orders  of stock in the  community
offering and syndicated  community  offering.  We have described the offering in
greater detail beginning on page ___.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        5



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Stock Benefit Plans for Management.

         In order to tie our  employees',  officers'  and  directors'  interests
closer to our  stockholders'  interests,  we intend to establish certain benefit
plans that use our stock as  compensation.  Officers,  directors,  and employees
will not be  required  to pay cash in  exchange  for shares  received  under the
employee stock ownership plan ("ESOP") or restricted shares but will be required
to pay the exercise price to exercise options.



         The following table presents information  regarding the participants in
each plan, the total amount,  the percentage,  and the dollar value of the stock
that  we  intend  to set  aside  for  the  employee  stock  ownership  plan  and
stock-based  incentive  plans.  The table below  assumes  the sale of  1,750,000
shares in the  offering.  It is assumed that the value of the stock in the table
is  $10.00  per  share.  See pages  ___ to ___ for more  information,  including
regulatory  restrictions  on the  maximum  amount of benefits  participants  may
receive and the rate at which benefits may be earned under the incentive plans.



                                                             Estimated                         Percentage of
                                                               Value               Number    Total Shares Sold
                                            Participants     of Shares           of Shares    in the Offering
                                            ------------     ---------           ---------    ---------------
                                                                                      
Employee Stock Ownership Plan.............  Employees        $1,400,000            140,000          8.0%
Stock-Based Incentive Plans:
         Stock Awards.....................  Officers and        700,000             70,000           4.0
                                            Directors
         Stock Options....................  Officers and
                                            Directors                 - (1)        175,000          10.0%
                                                             ----------            -------          ----
              Total.......................                   $2,100,000            385,000          22.0%
                                                              =========            =======          ====


- ----------
(1)  Options are given no value  because their  exercise  price will be equal to
     the fair market value of the stock on the day the options are granted. As a
     result,  anyone who receives an option will only benefit from the option if
     the price of the stock  rises  above the  exercise  price and the option is
     exercised.

         Stockholders  will  experience  a reduction  or  dilution in  ownership
interest  of  approximately  12.3% if we use  newly-issued  shares to fund stock
options and stock awards made under these plans (dilution of approximately  9.1%
for the stock option plan and 3.8% for the  restricted  stock  plan).  It is our
intention to fund these plans through open market purchases.

Dividend Policy.


         ^ The Board of Directors  has not yet  determined  whether SE Financial
Corp. will pay cash dividends  after the  conversion.  There can be no assurance
that  dividends  will in fact be paid on the stock or that,  if paid,  dividends
will not be reduced or  eliminated  in future  periods.  The timing,  amount and
frequency  ^ would be  determined  by the Board of  Directors.  ^ There are also
restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.  See Use of Proceeds  beginning on
page ___ and Dividend Policy on page ___.


Conditions to Be Satisfied to Complete the Offering and Issue the Stock.

         The following  must occur before we can complete the offering and issue
our stock:

o    We must  receive  all the  required  approvals  from the  Office  of Thrift
     Supervision;

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        6



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


o    St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank's members must approve the conversion by
     a majority of votes eligible to be cast; and


o    We must sell at least the minimum number of shares offered.


Proposed Stock Purchases by Management.


         Our directors and executive  officers,  together with their associates,
are expected to purchase approximately ^ 88,500 shares of stock in the offering,
^ 5.1% if a total of ^ 1,750,000 shares, the midpoint of the offering range, are
sold.  The  purchase  price paid by them will be the same $10.00 per share price
paid by all other  persons who purchase  shares of common stock in the offering.
Purchases  of common  stock in the  offering  by these  persons  will be counted
toward the  minimum of  1,487,500  shares that must be sold in order to complete
the conversion and offering. See page ___.


Market for the Stock.

         We expect the stock to be traded on the  over-the-counter  market  with
quotations  available  on the  OTC  Electronic  Bulletin  Board.  Prior  to this
offering,  there has not been a public  market for the  stock,  and it is highly
unlikely  that an active and liquid  trading  market for the stock will develop.
The lack of an active  and  liquid  trading  market  may  adversely  affect  the
liquidity and price of the stock. See Market for the Stock.

Restrictions on Acquisition of SE Financial Corp.

         Our articles of  incorporation  and bylaws contain  provisions that may
make it difficult  for someone to acquire  control of SE Financial  Corp.  These
provisions  may  discourage  takeover  attempts and prevent you from receiving a
premium  over the  market  price of your  shares  as part of a  takeover.  These
provisions include:

     o    restrictions on the acquisition of our stock;
     o    limitations on voting rights;
     o    the  election  of  only  approximately  one-fourth  of  our  Board  of
          Directors each year;
     o    restrictions   on  the  ability  of   stockholders   to  call  special
          stockholders' meetings;
     o    restrictions  on the  ability  of  stockholders  to  make  stockholder
          proposals or nominate persons for election as directors;
     o    the right of the Board of  Directors  to issue  shares of preferred or
          common stock without stockholder approval; and
     o    the  requirement  of an 80% vote of  stockholders  for the approval of
          business  combinations  not  approved  by  two-thirds  of the Board of
          Directors.

See Restrictions on Acquisition of SE Financial Corp. on page ___.

         Additionally,  Office of Thrift  Supervision  regulations  and policies
prohibit anyone from acquiring us for three years after the  conversion,  unless
such prohibition is waived by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        7



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Tax Effects of the Conversion.

         We have  received the opinion of our special  counsel,  Malizia Spidi &
Fisch,  PC,  that  (i) no gain  or loss  will be  recognized  by  depositors  or
borrowers of St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank upon the distribution to them of
the  non-transferable  subscription rights and (ii) that the conversion will not
be a taxable event for either SE Financial Corp. or St. Edmond's Federal Savings
Bank under  federal or  Pennsylvania  state  income  tax laws.  These  opinions,
however,  are not binding on the Internal  Revenue  Service or the  Pennsylvania
state tax  authorities.  The full texts of the opinions are filed as exhibits to
the Registration


Statement of which this document is a part,  and copies may be obtained from the
SEC.  See  The  Conversion  -Tax  Effects  on  page __ and  Where  You Can  Find
Additional Information on page __.


Receiving a Prospectus and an Order Form.


         To ensure that each  purchaser  receives a prospectus at least 48 hours
before the  applicable  expiration  date, in accordance  with Rule 15c2-8 of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  no  prospectus  will be mailed any later than
five days prior to the expiration  date or otherwise  distributed any later than
two days prior to the expiration date.  Execution of the order form will confirm
receipt or delivery in  accordance  with Rule  15c2-8.  Order forms will only be
distributed with a prospectus.

     For assistance, please contact the conversion center at (215) ___-____.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        8



                                  RISK FACTORS

         In  addition  to the other  information  in this  document,  you should
consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in our
common stock.

The relatively small amount of stock being offered makes it highly unlikely that
an active and liquid trading market for the stock will exist,  and the liquidity
and price of the stock may be adversely affected by a limited trading market.

         Prior to this offering, SE Financial Corp. has not offered its stock to
the public. Consequently,  there is not, at this time, any market for the stock.
Due to the relatively small size of the offering to the public, an active market
for the stock may not exist  after the  offering.  This  means that there may be
limited  secondary market liquidity for our stock.  This might make it difficult
for you to buy or sell the stock after the initial offering which may negatively
affect the price of the stock and cause  significant  volatility in the price of
our  stock.  Following  the  completion  of the  offering,  we  anticipate  that
quotations for our stock will be available on the OTC Electronic Bulletin Board.
See Market for the Stock on page __.


         The liquidity of the trading market for our stock will also be affected
by the amount of stock  purchased by our directors  and  executive  officers and
their  associates,  who  may  purchase  approximately  ^  88,500  shares  in the
offering,  which  represents ^ 5.9%,  5.1%, and ^ 4.4% of the total  outstanding
stock after the  offering at the  minimum,  midpoint and maximum of the offering
range, respectively. Shares purchased by directors and executive officers cannot
be sold for a  period  of one  year  following  the  offering.  Furthermore,  if
stockholders  of SE Financial  Corp.  approve the restricted  stock plan and the
stock option plan, and if all shares  reserved  under the restricted  stock plan
are awarded and all options reserved under the stock option plan are awarded and
exercised,  insider ownership would increase. In addition,  St. Edmond's Federal
Savings  Bank's  employee  stock  ownership  plan will  purchase up to 8% of the
shares  issued in the  offering  and such shares will be held in trust,  further
limiting the publicly traded shares.


Future changes in interest rates may reduce our profits.

         Our  ability  to make a  profit  largely  depends  on our net  interest
income,  which could be negatively  affected by changes in interest  rates.  Net
interest income is the difference between:

o    the  interest  income  we  earn  on our  interest-earning  assets,  such as
     mortgage loans and investment securities; and

o    the interest expense we pay on our  interest-bearing  liabilities,  such as
     deposits and amounts we borrow.

         The rates we earn on our assets and the rates we pay on our liabilities
are  generally  fixed for a  contractual  period of time.  We, like many savings
institutions,   have  liabilities   that  generally  have  shorter   contractual
maturities  than our assets.  This  imbalance  can create  significant  earnings
volatility,  because  market  interest  rates  change over time.  In a period of
rising interest rates, the interest income earned on our assets may not increase
as rapidly as the  interest  paid on our  liabilities.  In a period of declining
interest  rates,  the interest  income  earned on our assets may  decrease  more
rapidly than the interest paid on our liabilities.


         ^ The Bank monitors its interest rate sensitivity through the use of an
asset/liability management model which estimates the change in its net portfolio
value (defined as the current market value of assets,


                                        9




less the current market value of liabilities, plus or minus the current value of
off-balance  sheet  items) in the event of a range of assumed  changes in market
interest rates. Our net portfolio value analysis, as calculated by the Office of
Thrift  Supervision  using  information  as of September  30,  2003,  showed our
interest rate risk to be slightly higher than the thrift industry median.  In an
immediate and permanent 2.0% increase in interest rates, our net portfolio value
decreases  by 165 basis points while the thrift  industry  median net  portfolio
value ratio would  decrease by only 130 basis points.  In addition,  assuming no
change in interest rates, our net portfolio value ratio as of September 30, 2003
is 11.6%, slightly lower than the thrift industry median of 12.3%.


         In addition, changes in interest rates can also affect the average life
of loans and  mortgage-backed  and related  securities.  A reduction in interest
rates results in increased  prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed and related
securities, as borrowers refinance their debt in order to reduce their borrowing
cost.  This  causes  reinvestment  risk.  This  means that we may not be able to
reinvest  prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates we earned on the
prepaid  loans  or  securities.  Additionally,  in a  rising  rate  environment,
prepayments would decrease, extending the average life of our assets.


St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank entered into a supervisory  agreement with its
primary regulator in 2002 and operated under such agreement until December 2003.

The Bank  entered  into a  supervisory  agreement  with  the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision  in February  2002.  The Office of Thrift  Supervision  had concerns
regarding oversight of the Bank by the Board and management,  citing the failure
to  establish  and update  appropriate  policies for the Bank's  operations  and
failure to  establish an internal  audit  program.  Additionally,  the Office of
Thrift  Supervision  had concerns  regarding  asset  quality,  in particular the
Bank's underwriting and credit  administration and monitoring of the one-to-four
family  non-owner  mortgage loan  portfolio  (investor  loans).  The Bank's loan
originations  and asset growth were restricted while it was operating under such
agreement.  The  agreement  was  terminated  on December 10, 2003  following the
determination  by  the  Office  of  Thrift  Supervision  that  the  Bank  was in
compliance,  in all material respects,  with the directives the Office of Thrift
Supervision  had made to the Bank in  supervisory  agreement.  The Bank was also
subject to a Safety and Soundness  Compliance  Plan from May 2001 to October 31,
2003. See Supervisory Agreements on page ___.

We operate in a highly  regulated  environment,  may be  adversely  affected  by
changes in laws and regulations, and were recently operating under a supervisory
agreement.

         The  Bank  is  subject  to  extensive   regulation,   supervision   and
examination  by the  Office of Thrift  Supervision  and by the  Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation.  Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in
which a bank and its holding company may engage. Such regulation and supervision
is intended  primarily for the  protection of the insurance  fund and depositors
and not for the  protection  of  investors  in the common  stock of SE Financial
Corp. Regulatory  authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their
supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions
on the operation of a bank, the  classification of assets by a bank and a bank's
allowance for loan losses.  Any change in regulation and  oversight,  whether in
the form of regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation could have a material
impact  on SE  Financial  Corp.,  its  subsidiaries  and their  operations.  See
Regulation beginning on page __.


Our return on equity after the offering may be low; this may  negatively  affect
the price of our stock.

         The net proceeds  from the  offering  will  substantially  increase our
equity capital.  It will take a significant  period of time to prudently  invest
this capital.  For the year ended October 31, 2003, our return on average equity
was 7.23%. On a pro forma basis assuming that 1,750,000  shares had been sold at
the

                                       10




beginning  of the fiscal year,  our return on average  equity for the year ended
October  31,  2003 would have been  approximately  2.41%.  The median  return on
average  equity  for the  comparable  peer  group of 14  fully-converted  thrift
institutions  selected  by  the  independent  appraiser  for  comparison  to St.
Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank was  5.94%.  As a result,  our return on equity
following the offering, which is the ratio of our earnings divided by our equity
capital,  may be lower than that of similar  companies.  To the extent  that the
stock  market  values a company  based in part on its return on equity,  our low
return on equity relative to our peer group could negatively  affect the trading
price of our stock.


The expenses  related to our stock-based  benefit plans and the expenses related
to being a public company will reduce our earnings.

         We  intend to adopt an  employee  stock  ownership  plan as part of the
stock offering.  We also intend to adopt other  stock-based  benefit plans.  The
money that we use to buy stock to fund our stock-based benefit plans will not be
available for investment and will increase our future expenses. In addition, the
public company costs of preparing  reports for  stockholders  and the Securities
and Exchange  Commission will cause our expenses to be higher than they would be
if we did not conduct the stock  offering and become a public  company.  See Pro
Forma Data on page __ and Management - Potential Stock Benefit Plans on page __.

The  future  expenses  related to the Bank's  incentive  compensation  plan will
impact our future earnings.


         The Bank implemented an Incentive Retirement Plan, effective January 1,
2004,  to  reward  key  management  and the  Board of  Directors  for  achieving
strategic goals of the Bank,  including  long-term  growth of net income.  Under
such plan,  units are awarded to plan  participants and the future value of such
units will be based upon accumulated future retained earnings of the Bank^ on an
unconsolidated  basis above the level of the Bank's retained earnings at January
1, 2004.  The aggregate  future value of such units awarded will equal up to 10%
of the accumulated  future retained earnings of the Bank. ^ Expenses accrued for
the  increases  in the  future  value of units  awarded  will  reduce our future
earnings. See Management -Incentive Retirement Plan on page __.


The  implementation  of  stock-based  benefit  plans may dilute  your  ownership
interest in SE Financial Corp.

         We intend to adopt a stock  option  plan and a  restricted  stock  plan
following the stock  offering.  These stock benefit plans will be funded through
either open market  purchases  or from the issuance of  authorized  but unissued
shares.  Stockholders  would experience a reduction in ownership interest in the
event newly issued  shares are used to fund stock  options and awards made under
the  restricted  stock plan. The use of newly issued shares of stock to fund the
restricted  stock plan instead of open market  purchases would dilute the voting
interests  of existing  stockholders  by  approximately  3.8%.  The use of newly
issued  shares of stock to fund the stock  option  plan  instead of open  market
purchases  would  dilute  the  voting  interests  of  existing  stockholders  by
approximately 9.1%. See Management - Potential Stock Benefit Plans on page __.


The Bank originates "investor loans" as well as commercial real estate loans and
intends to  continue  its  origination  of such loans  after the  offering.  The
repayment  risk related to these types of loans is considered to be greater than
the  risk  related  to  mortgage  loans  on  owner-occupied  one-to-four  family
residential properties.


                                       11




         At  October  31,  2003,  approximately  $10.9  million  of  the  Bank's
one-to-four   family   mortgage   loans   consisted   of   mortgage   loans   on
nonowner-occupied properties,  representing 30.1% of one-to-four family mortgage
loans and 21.5% of total loans.  These  consist  primarily  of "investor  loans"
secured by one- to-four  family  residences.  At October 31, 2003, the Bank also
had $4.0 million of loans  classified as multi-family and commercial real estate
loans. It is the Bank's  intention to continue to originate these types of loans
^ in the future.  These  types of loans are  generally  considered  to involve a
higher  degree  of credit  risk than  financing  of  owner-occupied  residential
properties  and any late  payments or the failure to repay such loans would hurt
the Bank's earnings. See Business of St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank - Lending
Activities on page __.

You may not be able to sell your  shares  when you  desire or for $10.00 or more
per share.

         Publicly  traded  stocks  can  experience   substantial   market  price
volatility.  This is due, in part, to  investors'  shifting  perceptions  of the
effect on  various  industry  sectors of changes  and  potential  changes in the
economy.  Volatility,  therefore,  may be  unrelated  to the  current  operating
performance of particular  companies whose shares are traded. The purchase price
of common  stock  sold in  conversion  transactions  is based on an  independent
appraisal.  Independent  appraisals  are not  intended  to be, and should not be
construed as, a  recommendation  as to the  advisability  of purchasing  shares.
Recent valuations for converting  thrifts,  such as St. Edmond's Federal Savings
Bank, have been at an historically high level.  After our common stock begins to
trade,  the trading  price will be determined  by the  marketplace.  The trading
price will  fluctuate  because it will be influenced by many factors,  including
prevailing interest rates, other economic conditions,  our operating performance
and  investor  perceptions  of the outlook  for us and the  banking  industry in
general. We cannot assure you that if you choose to sell shares you purchased in
the stock offering,  you will be able to sell them at or above the $10 per share
offering price.

We plan to remain independent ^.

         It is our intention to continue  operating as an independent  financial
institution^. We do not currently plan to undertake a sale of SE Financial Corp.
even if the acquisition would result in our stockholders receiving a substantial
premium over the market  price of our stock at the time of a sale.  Our articles
of  incorporation  and bylaws contain  provisions that may make it difficult for
someone to acquire  control of us.  These  provisions  may  discourage  takeover
attempts and prevent you from  receiving a premium over the market price of your
shares as part of a takeover.

         Additionally,  ^ Office  of  Thrift  Supervision  regulations  may also
prevent  anyone from  acquiring  us for three years  after the  conversion.  The
Office of Thrift Supervision's approval of the conversion will be conditioned on
St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank retaining a charter that subjects it to Office
of Thrift  Supervision  jurisdiction  for at least  three  years  following  the
conversion.  This condition may make it  unattractive  for an entity that is not
regulated by the Office of Thrift  Supervision to acquire St.  Edmond's  Federal
Savings Bank. See  Restrictions  on  Acquisitions  of SE Financial Corp. on page
___.


The amount of stock held by our officers and  directors  and stock benefit plans
could make it difficult for  stockholders to adopt proposals or approve takeover
attempts not supported by management.

         The  amount of  ownership  and  control of our stock by  directors  and
officers could make it difficult for stockholders to make successful stockholder
proposals  if they are  opposed by  management  and the Board of  Directors.  In
addition,  directors  and  officers  could use their  voting  power to block the
approval of  transactions,  such as business  combinations  and amendments to SE
Financial Corp.'s articles of incorporation or bylaws, which are required by the
articles of incorporation to be approved by at least 80% of the

                                       12




stockholders.  Our directors and officers are expected to purchase approximately
^ 88,500  shares  of stock in the  offering,  ^ 5.1% if  1,750,000  shares,  the
midpoint of the offering range, are sold, and purchases of stock in the offering
by these  persons will be counted  toward the minimum of  1,487,500  shares that
must be sold in order to complete the offering. In addition, approximately 8% of
the shares of common  stock  issued in the offering are expected to be purchased
by our employee stock ownership plan.  Shares owned by the St. Edmond's  Federal
Savings Bank's  employee stock  ownership plan which have not yet been allocated
to the  accounts  of  employees  will be voted by a  committee  of  non-employee
directors.  If we implement  stock benefit  plans,  the ownership and control by
officers and directors  would  increase,  causing  voting  dilution to the other
stockholders. See Management - Executive Compensation - Employee Stock Ownership
Plan and Management - Potential Stock Benefit Plans.


Increases  in market  rates of  interest  could  adversely  affect our  retained
earnings.

         At  October  31,  2003,  St.   Edmond's   Federal   Savings  Bank  held
approximately $27.3 million in available-for-sale securities. Generally accepted
accounting  principles require that these securities be carried at fair value on
the  Bank's  balance  sheet.   Unrealized  holding  gains  or  losses  on  these
securities,  that is, the  difference  between the fair value and the  amortized
cost of these  securities,  net of  deferred  taxes,  is  reflected  in retained
earnings.

         When interest rates increase,  the fair value of St.  Edmond's  Federal
Savings Bank's  available-for-sale  securities generally  decreases,  which also
decreases  retained  earnings.  As of October 31,  2003,  St.  Edmond's  Federal
Savings  Bank's  retained  earnings  included  approximately  $84,000  in  other
comprehensive  loss, which was comprised  exclusively of net unrealized  holding
losses on its available-for-sale securities portfolio.


^


Deposits are the Bank's  major source of funds for lending and other  investment
purposes, and a large portion of its deposits are certificates of deposit, which
are not as stable as other types of deposits.

         At October 31,  2003,  $51.9  million,  or 71.6%,  of the Bank's  total
deposits were certificates of deposit, and of that amount $9.1 million, or 17.5%
of the certificates of deposit,  were "jumbo"  certificates of $100,000 or more.
Deposit inflows are significantly influenced by general interest rates and money
market  conditions.  The inflow of  certificates of deposit and the retention of
such deposits upon maturity are particularly sensitive to general interest rates
and money market  conditions,  making  certificates of deposits  traditionally a
more  volatile  source  of  funding  than  core  deposits.  In order  to  retain
certificates of deposits,  the Bank may have to pay a premium rate, resulting in
an increase in its cost of funds. In a rising rate environment,  the Bank may be
unwilling or unable to pay a competitive  rate. To the extent that such deposits
do not remain with the Bank, they may need to be replaced with borrowings  which
could increase the Bank's cost of funds and negatively  impact its interest rate
spread and its financial condition.


         Additionally,   at  October  31,  2003  $24.2  million  of  the  Bank's
certificates of deposit were five year  certificates  that have provisions which
allow  depositors  to  withdraw  funds  without  incurring  an early  withdrawal
penalty.  If rates rise, these deposits may be withdrawn  without  penalty.  The
Bank no longer offers certificates of deposit with this no-penalty provision. At
October  31,  2003,  the  weighted  average  rate was 3.805%  and the  scheduled
maturities on these  certificates of deposit were as follows:  $3,722,000 within
one year; $4,036,000 beyond one year but within two years; $4,360,000 beyond two
years but within  three  years;  $4,722,000  beyond  three years but within four
years; and $7,400,000 beyond four years but within five years.


                                       13



A downturn in the Bank's local economy may adversely affect its earnings.

         The  Bank's  business  of  attracting  deposits  and  making  loans  is
primarily  conducted  within its primary  market areas.  A downturn in the local
economy  could reduce the amount of funds  available for deposit and the ability
of borrowers to repay their loans and could negatively impact collateral values.
As a result, the Bank's earnings could be adversely affected.


^ If the Bank's  allowance  for loan losses^ is not  sufficient  to cover actual
loan losses, the Bank's earnings could decrease.

         The  Bank  makes   various   assumptions   and   judgments   about  the
collectibility  of its loan  portfolio,  including the  creditworthiness  of its
borrowers  and the  value  of the  real  estate  and  other  assets  serving  as
collateral for the repayment of many of its loans.  In determining the amount of
the  allowance  for loan  losses,  the Bank  reviews  its loans and its loss and
delinquency  experience  and  evaluates  economic  conditions.   If  the  Bank's
assumptions  are incorrect,  its allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient
to cover losses  inherent in its loan  portfolio,  resulting in additions to its
allowance.  Material additions to the Bank's allowance would materially decrease
its net income.

         In addition,  regulators  periodically  review the Bank's allowance for
loan  losses and may  require it to increase  its  provision  for loan losses or
recognize  further  loan  charge-offs.  Any increase in its  allowance  for loan
losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory  authorities may have
a material  adverse  effect on the Bank's  results of  operations  and financial
condition.

If we receive orders for only the minimum number of shares  required to be sold,
we will have less  proceeds  than if we sold more  shares,  which may  adversely
affect our business plans and profitability.

         We are  required  to sell a  minimum  of  1,487,500  shares in order to
complete  this stock  offering.  If we do not  receive  orders for more than the
minimum number of shares,  we may still complete the offering,  but we will have
approximately  $14.4 million of net  proceeds,  compared to $19.6 million at the
maximum of the offering  range.  Having less net proceeds  from the offering may
adversely  affect our  profitability  and our business plans because it means we
will have less funds to invest in loans and investments and less capital to fund
the potential  expansion of our branch  network.  Our directors and officers are
expected to purchase approximately 88,500 shares of stock in the offering,  5.1%
if 1,750,000 shares, the midpoint of the offering range, are sold, and purchases
of stock in the offering by these persons will be counted  toward the minimum of
1,487,500 shares that must be sold in order to complete the offering. Management
may,  but is not  required  to,  purchase  additional  shares in the offering to
satisfy the minimum.

We  will  have  substantial  discretion  over  the  use of the  proceeds  of the
offering, and we may not apply the proceeds in the most profitable manner.

         We will have broad  discretion  over the use of the proceeds  from this
stock  offering.  Although  we  intend  to use  the  net  proceeds  in the  most
profitable manner, our failure to utilize these funds effectively could hurt our
profits.  We will use at least 50% of the net proceeds from the offering to make
a capital  contribution to St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank. The funds received
by the Bank will be used for general business  purposes,  including  potentially
expanding the branch office network. We will also lend the Bank's employee stock
ownership  plan cash to enable the plan to buy up to 8% of the shares  issued in
the  offering.  The balance of the net proceeds will be retained by SE Financial
Corp.,  ^ and we will initially  invest these proceeds in short-term  investment
securities.


                                       14




                          ^ FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

         This document contains forward-looking  statements ^ about St. Edmond's
Federal  Savings  Bank  and  subsidiary.   Forward-looking   statements  include
statements about anticipated operating and financial  performance,  such as loan
originations,  operating  efficiencies,  loan sales,  charge-offs  and loan loss
provisions, growth opportunities, interest rates, and deposit growth. Words such
as "may,"  "could,"  "should,"  "would,"  "believe,"  "anticipate,"  "estimate,"
"expect,"  "intend,"  "project," "plan," and similar expressions are intended to
identify these forward-looking statements.


         Forward-looking  statements are  necessarily  subject to many risks and
uncertainties.  A  number  of  things  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ
materially  from  those  indicated  by  the  forward-looking  statements.  These
include, but are not limited to, the factors discussed  immediately below, those
addressed  under the caption  Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations,  other factors discussed  elsewhere in this
document, and those presented elsewhere by management from time to time. Many of
the risks and uncertainties are beyond our control.  The following factors could
cause our operating  and financial  performance  to differ  materially  from the
plans,  objectives,   assumptions,   expectations,   estimates,  and  intentions
expressed in forward-looking statements:


o    general economic conditions,  either nationally or regionally,  may be less
     favorable  than we  expect,  resulting  in a  deterioration  in the  credit
     quality of our ^ loans, among other things;


o    the effects of, and changes in,  trade,  monetary  and fiscal  policies and
     laws, including interest-rate policies of the Federal Reserve Board;

o    inflation, interest rate, market, and monetary fluctuations;

o    the development and acceptance of new products and services of St. Edmond's
     Federal  Savings Bank and  subsidiary  and the  perceived  overall value of
     these products and services by users, including the features,  pricing, and
     quality compared to competitors' products and services;

o    the  willingness of users to substitute our products and services for those
     of competitors;

o    the impact of  changes  in laws and  regulations  applicable  to  financial
     services  (including  laws  concerning  taxes,  banking,   securities,  and
     insurance); and

o    changes in consumer spending and saving habits.


         Forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, plans, objectives,
goals, assumptions,  expectations,  estimates, and intentions as of the date the
statements are made.  Investors  should  exercise  caution  because St. Edmond's
Federal  Savings  Bank  cannot give any  assurance  that these  beliefs,  plans,
objectives, goals, assumptions,  expectations, estimates, and intentions will be
realized.^


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The  net  proceeds  will  depend  on  the  expenses  incurred  by us in
connection  with the  offering and the total number of shares of stock issued in
the  offering,  which will depend on the  independent  valuation  and  marketing
considerations.  Although  the actual net  proceeds  from the sale of the common
stock cannot be determined until the offering is completed,  we estimate that we
will receive net proceeds from the sale of

                                       15



common  stock of between  $14,438,000  at the  minimum  and  $19,640,000  at the
maximum of the offering range.


         Assuming  the  sale of  $14,875,000,  $17,500,000  ^,  $20,125,000  and
$23,143,750 of common stock at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and maximum,  as
adjusted, respectively, of the offering range, expenses of $437,000, $461,000 ^,
$485,000  and  $513,000,  at the  minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and  maximum,  as
adjusted,  respectively,  and the  purchase of 8% of the shares by the  employee
stock  ownership plan, the following table shows the manner in which we will use
the net proceeds:



                                                                                              MAXIMUM, AS
                                     MINIMUM               MIDPOINT          MAXIMUM            ADJUSTED
                                 ------------------  -----------------   ---------------    ----------------
                                    $          %        $          %        $        %          $        %
                                 -------     -----   -------     -----   -------   -----    -------    -----
                                                                (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                               
Loan to employee stock
    ownership plan..........     $ 1,190       8.2%  $ 1,400       8.2%  $ 1,610     8.2%   $ 1,852      8.2%
Investment in ^ Bank........       7,219      50.0     8,519      50.0     9,820    50.0     11,316     50.0
SE Financial Corp.                 6,029      41.8     7,120      41.8     8,210    41.8      9,463     41.8
                                 -------     -----   -------     -----   -------   -----    -------    -----
    working capital.........
        Net Proceeds........     $14,438     100.0%  $17,039     100.0%  $19,640   100.0%   $22,631    100.0%
                                  ======     =====    ======     =====    ======   =====     ======    =====



         We will  use at least  50% of the  cash  received  in the  offering  to
purchase all of St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank's stock. We will also lend the
Bank's  employee  stock  ownership plan cash to enable the plan to buy 8% of the
shares  sold in the  offering.  The  balance  will be  retained  as our  initial
capitalization  and  used  for  general  business  purposes  which  may  include
investment in securities,  paying cash dividends or  repurchasing  shares of our
common stock.  We will  initially  invest the proceeds in short-term  investment
securities.

         The funds received by the Bank from us in exchange for all its stock to
be  issued  in the  conversion  will  be used  for  general  business  purposes,
including originating loans and purchasing securities.  Net proceeds may also be
used by the Bank to make  contributions  to the employee  stock  ownership  plan
which in turn would be used to repay the loan from us.

         In  addition,  the Bank may also use the  proceeds  of the  offering to
expand either through  opening or acquiring  branch  offices.  The Bank may also
relocate  its  Sewell,  New  Jersey  office  to a new  site.  The Bank does not,
however,  have any current  understandings,  agreements or arrangements  for the
expansion of its business, either through repositioning existing branches or the
addition of new branch offices.

         If the employee stock  ownership plan does not purchase common stock in
the  offering,  it may  purchase  shares of common stock in the market after the
conversion.  If the  purchase  price of the common  stock is higher than $10 per
share,  the amount of proceeds  required for the purchase by the employee  stock
ownership  plan  will  increase  and the  resulting  stockholders'  equity  will
decrease.

         The net proceeds may vary  significantly  because total expenses of the
conversion  may be  significantly  more or less than  those  estimated.  The net
proceeds  will also vary if the number of shares to be issued in the  conversion
are adjusted to reflect a change in the  estimated  pro forma market value of SE
Financial Corp. and St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank.  Payments for shares made
through  withdrawals  from existing deposit accounts at the Bank will not result
in the receipt of new funds for

                                       16



investment  but will result in a reduction  of the Bank's  deposits and interest
expense as funds are  transferred  from  interest-bearing  certificates or other
deposit accounts.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY


         ^ The Board of Directors  has not yet  determined  whether SE Financial
Corp. will pay cash dividends  after the  conversion.  There can be no assurance
that  dividends  will in fact be paid on the stock or that,  if paid,  dividends
will not be reduced or eliminated in future periods.

         The timing,  frequency  and initial  annual  amount of the  dividends ^
would be  determined  by the  Board.  ^ In  making  its  decision,  the Board of
Directors will consider several factors, including financial condition,  results
of  operations,  tax  considerations,  industry  standards and general  economic
conditions.
         ^

         SE  Financial  Corp.'s  ability to pay  dividends  also  depends on the
receipt of dividends from St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank which is subject to
a variety of regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends.  See Regulation
- - Regulation of St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank - Dividend and Other Capital
Distribution  Limitations.  Furthermore,  as a  condition  to  Office  of Thrift
Supervision  approval of the  conversion,  SE Financial Corp. has agreed that it
will not initiate any action within one year of completion of the  conversion in
the  furtherance  of payment of a special  distribution  or return of capital to
stockholders of the Company.

                              MARKET FOR THE STOCK

         SE Financial Corp. has never issued capital stock. Consequently,  there
is not, at this time, any market for the stock.  Following the completion of the
offering,  SE Financial Corp.  anticipates  that its stock will be traded on the
over-the-counter  market with  quotations  available  through the OTC Electronic
Bulletin Board. Sandler O'Neill & Partners,  L.P. has advised us that it intends
to make a market in our common stock following the offering,  but it is under no
obligation to do so.

         The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of
willing buyers and sellers. Due to the small size of the offering,  it is highly
unlikely that an active trading market will develop and be maintained  after the
offering.  The small  amount of stock  being  issued to the  public  may make it
difficult  to buy or sell our stock in the  future.  You could  have  difficulty
disposing  of your  shares  and you  should  not view the shares as a short term
investment.  We cannot assure you that an active  trading  market for the common
stock will develop or that, if it develops, it will continue.  Nor can we assure
you that, if you purchase shares of common stock,  you will be able to sell them
at or above $10.00 per share.

                                       17



                                 CAPITALIZATION


         Set  forth  below is the  historical  capitalization  of the Bank as of
October 31, 2003 and the pro forma  capitalization  of SE Financial Corp.  after
giving  effect to the offering.  The table also gives affect to the  assumptions
set forth  under Pro Forma  Data.  ^ We are  offering  for sale up to  2,012,500
shares of common stock and must sell a minimum of  1,487,500  shares in order to
complete the offering.  We may sell up to 2,314,375 shares because of changes in
the market and general  financial  and  economic  conditions  without  notifying
prospective purchasers.




                                                                      Pro Forma Capitalization at October 31, 2003
                                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                  Maximum,
                                                                 Minimum         Midpoint        Maximum         as adjusted
                                                                1,487,500        1,750,000      2,012,500         2,314,375
                                                 Actual, at     Shares at        Shares at       Shares at        Shares at
                                                 October 31,   $10.00 per       $10.00 per      $10.00 per       $10.00 per
                                                    2003          share            share           share          share(1)
                                                    ----          -----            -----           -----          --------
                                                                             (In thousands)
                                                                                                
Deposits(2) ..................................   $ 72,273        $ 72,273        $ 72,273        $ 72,273        $ 72,273
Borrowed funds ...............................      6,637           6,637           6,637           6,637           6,637
                                                 --------        --------        --------        --------        --------
Total deposits and borrowed funds ............   $ 78,910        $ 78,910        $ 78,910        $ 78,910        $ 78,910
                                                 ========        ========        ========        ========        ========
Retained earnings/Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, no par value, 2,000,000
  shares authorized; none to be issued .......   $     --        $     --        $     --        $     --        $     --
 Common stock, $0.10 par value, 8,000,000
    shares authorized, assuming shares

    outstanding as shown(3) ..................         --             149             175             201             231
Additional paid-in capital(3)(4) .............         --          14,289          16,864          19,439          22,400
Retained earnings(5) .........................      7,756           7,756           7,756           7,756           7,756
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net

    of taxes .................................        (84)            (84)            (84)            (84)            (84)
Less:

  Common stock acquired by ^ ESOP(6) .........         --           1,190           1,400           1,610           1,852
  Common stock acquired by
    restricted stock ^ plan(7) ...............         --             595             700             805             926
                                                 --------        --------        --------        --------        --------
Total retained earnings/stockholders' equity .   $  7,672        $ 20,325        $ 22,611        $ 24,897        $ 27,525
                                                 ========        ========        ========        ========        ========



- ------------------
(1)  As adjusted  to give  effect to an  increase in the number of shares  which
     could  occur  due  to  an  increase  in  the  independent  valuation  and a
     commensurate increase in the offering range of up to 15% to reflect changes
     in market and financial conditions.
(2)  Does not reflect  withdrawals  from  deposit  accounts  for the purchase of
     stock in the offering.  Any withdrawals  would reduce pro forma deposits by
     an amount equal to the withdrawals.
(3)  No effect  has been given to the  issuance  of  additional  shares of stock
     pursuant  to any stock  option  plans that may be  adopted by SE  Financial
     Corp. and the Bank and presented for approval by the stockholders after the
     offering.  An  amount  equal  to 10% of the  shares  of  stock  sold in the
     offering  would be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options to be
     granted  under  the  stock  option  plans  within  one year  following  the
     conversion.  See Management - Potential Stock Benefit Plans - Stock Options
     Plans.

(4)  Additional  paid-in  capital  amounts  are net of  offering  expenses.
(5)  Retained earnings will be substantially restricted after the conversion.
(6)  Assumes that 8% of the shares sold in the offering will be purchased by the
     employee stock  ownership plan, and that the funds used to acquire the ESOP
     shares  will be borrowed  from SE  Financial  Corp.  For an estimate of the
     impact of the loan on  earnings,  see Pro Forma Data.  The Bank  intends to
     make scheduled discretionary  contributions to the employee stock ownership
     plan sufficient to enable the plan to service and repay its debt over a ten
     year  period.  The amount of shares to be acquired by the ESOP is reflected
     as  a  reduction  of  stockholders'  equity.  See  Management  -  Executive
     Compensation  -  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan.  If the  employee  stock
     ownership  plan is unable to  purchase  stock in the  conversion  due to an
     oversubscription  in the offering by eligible  account holders having first
     priority,  and the  purchase  price in the open market is greater  than the
     original $10.00 price per share, there will be a corresponding reduction in
     stockholders'   equity.   See  The  Offering  -  Subscription   Offering  -
     Subscription Rights.
^(7) Assumes  that an amount  equal to 4.0% of the  shares of stock  sold in the
     offering is purchased by the restricted  stock plan. The stock purchased by
     the  restricted  stock plan is reflected  as a reduction  of  stockholders'
     equity. See footnote ^(3) to the table under Pro Forma Data. See Management
     - Potential Stock Benefit Plans - Restricted Stock Plan.


                                       18



                                 PRO FORMA DATA


         We are  offering  for sale up to  2,012,500  shares of common stock and
must sell a minimum of 1,487,500  shares in order to complete the  offering.  We
may sell up to  2,314,375  shares  if the  independent  valuation  is  increased
because of changes in the market and general financial and economic  conditions.
The actual net proceeds  from the sale of the stock cannot be  determined  until
the  offering is  completed.  However,  investable  net proceeds to SE Financial
Corp.  are  currently  estimated to be between  approximately  $12.7 million and
$17.2  million (or $19.9  million if the  independent  valuation is increased by
15%) based on the following assumptions:


o    an amount  equal to 8% of the shares  issued  will be loaned to the ESOP to
     fund its purchase of 8% of the shares issued;

o    an amount  equal to 4.0% of the shares  issued will be awarded  pursuant to
     the restricted  stock plan adopted no sooner than six months  following the
     offering, funded through open market purchases; and

o    expenses of the offering are estimated to be between approximately $437,000
     and $485,000 ($513,000 if the independent valuation is increased by 15%).

         The following  table sets forth our historical net income and net worth
prior  to  the  conversion  and  our  pro  forma  consolidated  net  income  and
stockholders'  equity  following the conversion.  In preparing this table and in
calculating pro forma data, we have made the following assumptions:


o    Pro forma earnings have been calculated assuming the stock had been sold at
     the  beginning of the period and the net  proceeds had been  invested at an
     average  yield  of  2.33%  for the  year  ended  October  31,  2003,  which
     approximates  the yield on a three-year  U.S.  Treasury bill on October 31,
     2003.  The yield on a ^  three-year  U.S.  Treasury  bill,  rather  than an
     arithmetic  average of the  average  yield on  interest-earning  assets and
     average  rate paid on  deposits,  has been used to  estimate  income on net
     proceeds  because it is believed that the ^ three-year  U.S.  Treasury bill
     rate is a more  accurate  estimate of the rate that would be obtained on an
     investment of net proceeds from the offering.


o    The pro forma  after-tax  yield on the net  proceeds is assumed to be 1.44%
     for the year ended  October 31,  2003,  based on an  effective  tax rate of
     38.00%.

o    We did not include any withdrawals from deposit accounts to purchase shares
     in the offering.

o    Historical and pro forma per share amounts have been calculated by dividing
     historical  and pro  forma  amounts  by the  indicated  number of shares of
     stock,  as adjusted in the pro forma net  earnings per share to give effect
     to the purchase of shares by the employee stock ownership plan.

o    Pro forma stockholders' equity amounts have been calculated as if the stock
     had been sold on  October  31,  2003,  and no effect  has been given to the
     assumed earnings effect of the transactions.

         The  following  pro forma data  relies on the  assumptions  we outlined
above,  and this data does not  represent  the fair  market  value of the common
stock,  the current value of assets or liabilities,  or the amount of money that
would be distributed to stockholders if we liquidated SE Financial Corp. The pro
forma data does not predict how much we will earn in the future.

                                       19



         The following table summarizes  historical data of St. Edmond's Federal
Savings Bank and pro forma data of SE Financial  Corp.  at or for the year ended
October 31, 2003 based on the  assumptions  set forth above and in the table and
should  not be used as a basis  for  projections  of  market  value of the stock
following the conversion.  No effect has been given in the table to the possible
issuance of additional  stock reserved for future  issuance  pursuant to a stock
option plan that may be adopted by the Board of Directors of SE Financial  Corp.
within one year following the conversion, nor does book value give any effect to
the  liquidation   account  to  be  established  or  the  bad  debt  reserve  in
liquidation.  See The Conversion -Effects of Conversion - Liquidation Rights and
Management - Potential Stock Benefit Plans - Stock Option Plan.



                                                                    At or For the Year Ended October 31, 2003
                                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        $14,875,000         $17,500,000          $20,125,000         $23,143,750
                                                        Independent         Independent          Independent         Independent
                                                         Valuation           Valuation            Valuation           Valuation
                                                        ------------        ------------        ------------        ------------
                                                         1,487,500           1,750,000            2,012,500           2,314,375
                                                          Shares              Shares               Shares              Shares
                                                        ------------        ------------        ------------        ------------
                                                                  (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

                                                                                                      
Gross proceeds.....................................     $     14,875        $     17,500        $     20,125        $     23,144
Less expenses......................................             (437)               (461)               (485)               (513)
                                                        ------------        ------------        ------------        ------------
   Estimated net proceeds..........................           14,438              17,039              19,640              22,631
Less ESOP funded by SE Financial Corp..............           (1,190)             (1,400)             (1,610)             (1,852)
Less restricted stock plan adjustment..............             (595)               (700)               (805)               (926)
                                                        ------------        ------------        ------------        ------------
   Estimated investable net proceeds...............     $     12,653        $     14,939        $     17,225        $     19,853
                                                        ============        ============        ============        ============
Net Income:
   Historical......................................     $        556        $        556        $        556       $         556
   Pro forma income on net proceeds (1)............            ^ 215                 248               ^ 281                 318
   Pro forma ESOP adjustments(2)...................              (74)                (87)               (100)               (115)
   Pro forma restricted stock plan adjustment(3)...              (74)                (87)               (100)               (115)
                                                        ------------        ------------        ------------        ------------
  Pro forma net income(2)(4)(5)....................     $      ^ 623        $      ^ 630        $      ^ 637        $      ^ 644
                                                        ============        ============        ============        ============

Per share net income

   Historical......................................     $       0.40        $       0.34        $       0.30        $       0.26
   Pro forma income on net proceeds ^(1)...........             0.16                0.15                0.15                0.15
   Pro forma ESOP adjustments(2)...................            (0.05)              (0.05)              (0.05)              (0.05)
   Pro forma restricted stock plan adjustment(3)...            (0.05)              (0.05)              (0.05)              (0.05)
                                                        ------------        ------------        ------------        ------------
   Pro forma net income per share(2)(4)(5).........     $     ^ 0.46        $     ^ 0.39        $     ^ 0.35        $     ^ 0.31
                                                        ============        ============        ============        ============

Shares used in calculation of income per share(2)..        1,380,400           1,624,000           1,867,600           2,147,740
Stockholders' equity:
   Historical......................................     $      7,672        $      7,672        $      7,672        $      7,672
   Estimated net proceeds..........................           14,438              17,039              19,640              22,631
   Less: Common Stock acquired ESOP(2).............           (1,190)             (1,400)             (1,610)             (1,852)
   Less: Common Stock acquired by restricted
         stock plan(3).............................             (595)               (700)               (805)               (926)
                                                        ------------        ------------        ------------         -----------
   Pro forma stockholders' equity(2)(4)(5).........     $     20,325        $     22,611        $     24,897        $     27,525
                                                        ============        ============        ============        ============
Stockholders' equity per share:
   Historical......................................     $       5.16        $       4.38        $       3.81        $       3.31
   Estimated net proceeds..........................             9.71                9.74                9.76                9.78
   Less: Common Stock acquired by the ESOP(2)......            (0.80)              (0.80)              (0.80)              (0.80)
   Less: Common stock acquired by restricted stock
         plan(3)...................................            (0.40)              (0.40)              (0.40)              (0.40)
                                                        ------------        ------------        ------------        ------------
   Pro forma stockholders' equity per share(5).....     $      13.67        $      12.92        $      12.37        $      11.89
                                                        ============        ============        ============        ============
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma
  stockholders' equity per share...................            73.15%              77.40%              80.84%              84.10%
                                                        ============        ============        ============        ============
Offering price to pro forma

  net income per share.............................          ^ 21.74X            ^ 25.64X            ^ 28.57X            ^ 32.26X
                                                        ============        ============        ============        ============

Shares used in calculation of stockholders' equity
  per share........................................       1,487,500           1,750,000           2,012,500           2,314,375


                                       20



- -----------

(1)      Pro  forma  income  on net  proceeds  reflects  the  impact  of  income
         generated by the investment in bank-owned life  insurance,  approved by
         the Board subsequent to October 31, 2003, and the cost of the Incentive
         Retirement Plan, implemented by the Bank effective January ^ 2004. Such
         plan provides for the award of units with ^ an aggregate value of up to
         10% of the ^ accumulated  future  retained  earnings of the Bank earned
         after  January 1, 2004 on an  unconsolidated  basis.  The estimated pro
         forma  after tax  expense of such plan for the year ended  October  31,
         2003  is  $39,000,  $39,000,  $39,000  and  $40,000,  at  the  minimum,
         midpoint, maximum and 15% above the maximum of the range, respectively,
         See Incentive Retirement Plan on page ____.
(2)      Assumes  that 8% of the  shares of stock sold in the  offering  will be
         purchased by the employee  stock  ownership plan and that the plan will
         borrow funds from SE Financial Corp. The stock acquired by the employee
         stock  ownership  plan is  reflected  as a reduction  of  stockholder's
         equity. The Bank intends to make annual contributions to the plan in an
         amount at least equal to the principal and interest  requirement of the
         loan.  This  table  assumes  a ^  ten  year  amortization  period.  See
         Management -Executive Compensation - Employee Stock Ownership Plan. The
         pro forma net earnings assumes: (i) that the Bank's contribution to the
         employee  stock  ownership  plan for the principal  portion of the debt
         service requirement for year ended October 31, 2003 was made at the end
         of the period; (ii) that 1,487,500,  1,750,000, 2,012,500 and 2,314,375
         shares at the minimum, midpoint,  maximum, and 15% above the maximum of
         the range, respectively,  were committed to be released during the year
         ended  October 31,  2003,  at an average fair value of $10.00 per share
         and were  accounted  for as a charge  to  expense  in  accordance  with
         Statement  of Position  ("SOP") No.  93-6;  and (iii) only the employee
         stock  ownership plan shares  committed to be released were  considered
         outstanding  for purposes of the net  earnings per share  calculations.
         All employee stock  ownership plan shares were  considered  outstanding
         for purposes of the stockholders' equity per share calculations.
(3)      Gives  effect to the  restricted  stock plan that may be adopted by the
         Bank  following the  conversion and presented for approval at a meeting
         of stockholders  after completion of the conversion.  If the restricted
         stock plan is approved by the  stockholders,  the restricted stock plan
         would be  expected  to acquire an amount of stock  equal to 4.0% of the
         shares of stock sold in the  offering,  or 59,500,  70,000,  80,500 and
         92,575 shares of stock respectively at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum
         and 15% above the maximum of the range  through open market  purchases.
         Funds used by the restricted  stock plan to purchase the shares will be
         contributed  to the  restricted  stock plan by the Bank. In calculating
         the pro forma effect of the  restricted  stock plan, it is assumed that
         the required  stockholder  approval has been received,  that the shares
         were acquired by the restricted stock plan at the beginning of the year
         ended  October 31, 2003  through open market  purchases,  at $10.00 per
         share, and that 20% of the amount  contributed was amortized to expense
         during the year ended October 31, 2003. The plan will be amortized over
         five years.  The issuance of authorized but unissued shares of stock to
         the restricted stock plan instead of open market purchases would dilute
         the voting interests of existing stockholders by approximately 3.8% and
         pro forma net  income  per share for the year ended  October  31,  2003
         would be ^ $0.44,  $0.38, $0.33 and ^ $0.29, at the minimum,  midpoint,
         maximum and 15% above the maximum of the range,  respectively,  and pro
         forma  stockholders'  equity  per share at  October  31,  2003 would be
         $13.14,  $12.42, $11.90 and $11.44, at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum
         and 15% above the maximum of the range,  respectively.  There can be no
         assurance that  stockholder  approval of the restricted stock plan will
         be obtained,  or the actual  purchase price of the shares will be equal
         to $10.00 per share.  See  Management - Potential  Stock  Benefit Plans
         -Restricted Stock Plan.

(4)      The retained  earnings of SE Financial Corp. and the Bank will continue
         to be  substantially  restricted  after the  conversion.  See  Dividend
         Policy, The Conversion - Effects of Conversion - Liquidation Rights and
         Regulation  -  Regulation  of  St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank  -
         Dividends and Other Capital Distribution Limitations.

(5)      No effect has been given to the issuance of additional  shares of stock
         pursuant  to the  stock  option  plan that may be  adopted  by the Bank
         following  the  conversion  which,  in  turn,  would be  presented  for
         approval at a meeting of  stockholders to be held within one year after
         the completion of the conversion. If the stock option plan is presented
         and approved by stockholders,  an amount equal to 10% of the stock sold
         in the offering, or 148,750, 175,000, 201,250 and 231,438 shares at the
         minimum,  midpoint,  maximum  and 15% above the  maximum  of the range,
         respectively, will be reserved for future issuance upon the exercise of
         options to be granted  under the stock  option  plans.  The issuance of
         authorized  but  unissued  shares of stock to the stock plan instead of
         open market  purchases  would  dilute the voting  interests of existing
         stockholders by approximately  9.1%. Assuming  stockholder  approval of
         the stock  option  plans and the  exercise of all options at the end of
         the period at an exercise price of $10.00 per share,  the pro forma net
         earnings  per  share  would  be ^  $0.41,  $0.35,  $0.31  and ^  $0.27,
         respectively  at the  minimum,  midpoint,  maximum  and 15%  above  the
         maximum of the range for the year ended  October  31,  2003;  pro forma
         stockholders'  equity  per share  would be $13.33,  $12.66,  $12.16 and
         $11.72,  respectively at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and 15% above
         the  maximum  of the  range at  October  31,  2003.  See  Management  -
         Potential Stock Benefit Plans -Stock Option Plans.


                                       21



                   HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

         The following  table presents the St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank's
historical and pro forma capital position  relative to its capital  requirements
as of October 31, 2003. Pro forma capital levels assume receipt by St.  Edmond's
Federal  Savings  Bank  of 50% of the  net  proceeds.  For a  discussion  of the
assumptions  underlying the pro forma capital calculations  presented below, see
Use of Proceeds, Capitalization and Pro Forma Data. The definitions of the terms
used in the table are those  provided in the capital  regulations  issued by the
Office  of  Thrift  Supervision.  For a  discussion  of  the  capital  standards
applicable  to the Bank,  see  Regulation - Regulation of St.  Edmond's  Federal
Savings Bank - Regulatory Capital Requirements.



                                                                          Pro Forma at October 31, 2003
                                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Actual, at            $14,875,000           $17,500,000           $20,125,000            $23,143,750
                         October 31, 2003          Offering               Offering             Offering              Offering(1)
                     -----------------------  --------------------- ---------------------- --------------------  -------------------

                                 Percentage             Percentage             Percentage            Percentage          Percentage
                       Amount   of Assets(2)   Amount  of Assets(2)  Amount   of Assets(2)  Amount  of Assets(2) Amount of Assets(2)
                       ------   ------------   ------  ------------  ------   ------------  ------  ------------ ------ ------------
                                          (Dollars in thousands)

                                                                                             
GAAP Capital(3)...... $ 7,672       8.78%     $13,106     14.12%    $14,092     15.03%     $15,077      15.91%   $16,210     16.90%

Tangible Capital:
  Actual or
    Pro Forma........ $ 7,756       8.86%     $13,190     14.19%    $14,176     15.09%     $15,161      15.97%   $16,294     16.97%
  Required...........   1,313       1.50        1,394      1.50       1,409      1.50        1,424       1.50      1,441      1.50
                      -------       ----      -------     -----     -------     -----      -------      -----    -------     -----
  Excess............. $ 6,443       7.36%     $11,796     12.69%    $12,767     13.59%     $13,737      14.47%   $14,853     15.47%
                      =======       ====      =======     =====     =======     =====      =======      =====    =======     =====

Core Capital:
  Actual or
    Pro Forma........ $ 7,756       8.86%     $13,190     14.19%    $14,176     15.09%     $15,161      15.97%   $16,294     16.97%
  Required(4)........   3,500       4.00        3,717      4.00       3,757      4.00        3,796       4.00      3,842      4.00
                      -------       ----      -------     -----     -------     -----      -------      -----    -------     -----
  Excess............. $ 4,256       4.86%     $ 9,473     10.19%    $10,419     11.09%     $11,365      11.97%   $12,452     12.97%
                      =======       ====      =======     =====     =======     =====      =======      =====    =======     =====

Risk-Based Capital:
  Actual or Pro
    Forma(5)(6)...... $ 8,002      21.03%     $13,436     34.31%    $14,422     36.64%     $15,407      38.95%   $16,540     41.57%
  Required...........   3,050       8.00        3,137      8.00       3,152      8.00        3,168       8.00      3,186      8.00
                      -------       ----      -------     -----     -------     -----      -------      -----    -------     -----
  Excess............. $ 4,952      13.03%     $10,299     26.31%    $11,270     28.64%     $12,239      30.95%   $13,354     33.57%
                      =======      =====      =======     =====     =======     =====      =======      =====    =======     =====

- -----------------
(1)  As adjusted  to give  effect to an  increase in the number of shares  which
     could  occur due to an  increase  in the  offering  range of up to 15% as a
     result of  regulatory  considerations  or  changes  in  market  or  general
     financial  and  economic  conditions  following  the  commencement  of  the
     offerings.
(2)  Tangible  and  core  capital  levels  are  shown as a  percentage  of total
     adjusted assets.  The risk-based  capital level is shown as a percentage of
     risk-weighted assets.
(3)  GAAP Capital  includes  unrealized gain on  available-for-sale  securities,
     net, which is not included as regulatory capital.
(4)  The current  Office of Thrift  Supervision  core  capital  requirement  for
     savings banks is 3% of total  adjusted  assets for thrifts that receive the
     highest  supervisory  rating for safety and  soundness  and a 4% to 5% core
     capital  ratio  requirement  for  all  other  thrifts.   See  Regulation  -
     Regulation  of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank -  Regulatory  Capital
     Requirements.
(5)  Assumes net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 50% risk-weighing.
(6)  The  difference   between  retained  earnings  under  GAAP  and  regulatory
     risk-based capital is attributable to the addition of the general valuation
     allowance  of  $246,000  at October  31,  2003 and the  subtraction  of net
     unrealized losses on available for sale securities of $84,000.

                                       22




                               RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

         The following consolidated financial information and other data in this
section are derived from the Bank's unaudited  consolidated financial statements
for the three months ended January 31, 2004 and 2003 and should be read together
with  the  Bank's  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  notes  thereto
beginning  on page F-2 of this  prospectus.  In the opinion of  management,  all
adjustments  consisting of normal recurring adjustments that are necessary for a
fair  presentation of the interim  periods have been  reflected.  The results of
operations  and other data presented for the three months ended January 31, 2004
do not necessarily indicate the results that may be expected for the fiscal year
ending October 31, 2004 or any other period.

                                         At              At
                                     January 31,     October 31,
                                         2004           2003
                                      -------         -------

(In thousands)

Balance Sheet:
Assets ............................   $86,223          $87,367
Loans receivable, net .............    51,399           50,730
Investment securities .............    29,021           27,337
Cash and cash equivalents .........     1,373            6,304
Deposits ..........................    70,647           72,273
FHLB borrowings ...................     6,622            6,637
Total retained earnings ...........     7,946            7,672


                                      For the Three Months Ended
                                            January 31,
                                      -------------------------
                                         2004             2003
                                         ----             ----
                                            (In thousands)
Summary of Operations:
Interest and dividend income ......   $ 1,181          $ 1,365
Interest expense ..................       529              681
                                      -------          -------
Net interest income ...............       652              684
Provision for loan losses .........         9                9
                                      -------          -------
Net interest income after provision
  for loan losses .................       643              675
Noninterest income ................        82              110
Noninterest expense ...............       563              572
                                      -------          -------
Income before income taxes ........       162              213
Income taxes ......................        62               79
                                      -------          -------
Net income ........................   $   100          $   134
                                      =======          =======

Actual number (not in thousands):
Real estate loans outstanding .....       939            1,102
Deposit accounts ..................     6,611            7,109
Offices ...........................         2                2


                                       23




Selected Financial Ratios



                                                                            At or For
                                                                     the Three Months Ended
                                                                           January 31,
                                                                       2004            2003
                                                                 --------------- -------------
                                                                            
Performance Ratios:(1)
  Return on average assets (net income divided by
     average total  assets)..................................           0.46%          0.62%

  Return on average equity (net income divided by
     average equity).........................................           5.13%          7.14%

  Net interest rate spread...................................           2.91%          3.02%

  Net interest margin on average interest-earning
     assets..................................................           3.17%          3.33%

  Average interest-earning assets to average
     interest-bearing liabilities............................         110.55%        109.36%

  Efficiency ratio (noninterest expense divided by the
     sum of net interest income and noninterest
     income).................................................          77.90%         72.00%

Asset Quality Ratios:
  Non-performing loans to total loans, net...................           0.36%          1.08%

  Non-performing assets to total assets......................           0.22%          0.66%

  Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding...............           0.00%          0.02%

  Allowance for loan losses to total loans...................           0.53%          0.53%

  Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans..........         149.73%         49.35%

Capital Ratios:
  Average equity to average assets
     (average equity divided by average total assets)........           8.92%          8.65%

  Equity to assets at period end.............................           9.22%          8.80%


- ----------------
(1)  Performance ratios for the three months ended January 31, 2004 and 2003 are
     annualized where appropriate.


                                       24




Comparison  of the Results of Operation  for the Three Months Ended  January 31,
2004 and January 31, 2003

         The Bank  recorded  net income of $100,000  for the three  months ended
January 31, 2004,  which  represents a decrease of $34,000,  or 25.5%,  over the
same period in 2003.  The decrease in net income is primarily due to a reduction
of noninterest income and a decrease in net interest income offset by a decrease
in income tax expense.

         Net Interest  Income.  Net  interest  income for the three months ended
January 31, 2004  decreased  to $652,000  from  $684,000  for the same period in
2003.  Interest  income for the three  months  ended  January 31,  2004  totaled
$1,181,000  as compared to  $1,365,000  for the three months  ended  January 31,
2003.  This decrease of $184,000 was  attributed  primarily to a decrease in the
interest earned on loans receivable and mortgaged-backed  securities and was the
product of both volume and rate fluctuations during the period.

         Interest expense decreased to $529,000,  representing a 22.3% decrease,
for the three months ended  January 31, 2004 from  $681,000 for the three months
ended January 31, 2003 and was primarily  attributable  to the current  interest
rate  environment  that resulted in a lowering of the cost of funds to 2.79% for
the three months ended January 31, 2004 as compared to 3.59% for the same period
in 2003.

         Loan Loss  Provision.  The provision for loan losses was $9,000 for the
three  months  ended  January  31,  2004 which is the same  amount for the three
months  ended  January  31,  2003.   The  loan  loss  provision  is  based  upon
management's assessment of a variety of factors,  including types and amounts of
nonperforming  loans,  historical loss experience,  collectibility of collateral
values and guaranties,  pending legal action for collection of loans and related
guaranties,  and current economic  conditions.  The loan loss provision reflects
management's  judgment of the known and  inherent  losses in the loan  portfolio
that are both probable and reasonable to estimate.  Although management believes
the loan loss  provision has been  sufficient to maintain an adequate  allowance
for loan  losses,  actual loan losses  could  exceed the amounts  that have been
charged to operations.

         Noninterest  Income.  Total noninterest income decreased to $82,000 for
the three  months  ended  January  31, 2004  compared to $110,000  for the three
months ended January 31, 2003. The decrease is principally due to a reduction in
service charges and fees on deposit account  activity in both the  transactional
fees being  charged and the volume of related  transactions  and a reduction  in
miscellaneous  loan fees.  The Bank  anticipates  the investment in a bank-owned
life insurance product in 2004 should generate additional noninterest income.

         Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense decreased slightly to $563,000
for the three months ended  January 31, 2004 from  $572,000 for the three months
ended January 31, 2003.  Compensation and employee benefit expense  increased by
approximately $6,000, occupancy and equipment expense decreased by approximately
$19,000,  real estate operation  expense  decreased by approximately  $6,000 and
miscellaneous operating expenses increased by approximately $10,000.

         Noninterest  expenses  are  expected  to  increase  in 2004  due to the
additional costs of professional fees associated with becoming a public company,
the expected  implementation of supplemental  employer  retirement plans for key
employees and expenses from an employee  stock  ownership and  restricted  stock
plan.

                                       25




         Additionally, the Bank currently plans to add seven full time employees
to  its  staff  over  the  next  several  years,   including  up  to  three  new
lender/business development officers, an assistant branch manager, and a support
staff  employee  in  each  of  the  accounting,  lending  and  customer  service
departments.

         Income  Taxes.  Income  taxes  declined to $62,000 for the three months
ended January 31, 2004 from $79,000 for the same period in 2003. This was due to
a reduction in pretax income.

Comparison of Financial Condition at January 31, 2004 and October 31, 2003

         Assets and Liabilities. The Bank's total assets decreased by $1,144,000
to $86,223,000 at January 31, 2004 from $87,367,000 at October 31, 2003.

         Cash and cash  equivalents  decreased to $1,372,000 at January 31, 2004
from  $6,304,000 at October 31, 2003.  This decrease was primarily a result of a
reduction in the interest-bearing deposit account.

         Investment  securities  available  for  sale  increased  $1,684,000  to
$29,021,000  at January  31, 2004 from  $27,337,000  at October  31,  2003.  The
increase  is  due  to  investment   purchases  primarily  in  U.  S.  Government
mortgage-backed  securities and which were partially  offset by investment calls
and maturities and principal repayment on mortgage-backed  securities.  The Bank
was able to fund  this  growth  with the  utilization  of  excess  cash and cash
equivalents  and the  reinvestment of called and matured  securities  during the
three months ended January 31, 2004.

         Net loans  receivable  increased  $669,000,  or 1.3%, to $51,399,000 at
January 31, 2004 from  $50,730,000 at October 31, 2003. A slight increase in net
loans  receivable  was noted during the three  months ended  January 31, 2004 as
customers  refinanced  loans  in  light  of  the  continued  low  interest  rate
environment.

         The allowance for loan losses increased to $274,000 at January 31, 2004
from  $263,000  at  October  31,  2003 and  represented  .53% of the gross  loan
portfolio at January 31,  2004.  The Bank had  nonaccrual  loans of $171,000 and
$370,000 at January 31, 2004 and October 31, 2003.  Management  does not believe
the  nonaccrual  loans or any amounts  classified as  nonperforming  will have a
significant effect on operations or liquidity in 2004.  Furthermore,  management
is not aware of any trends or  uncertainties  related to any loans classified as
doubtful or substandard that might have a material effect on earnings, liquidity
or capital resources.

         Total  deposits  decreased  to  $70,647,000  at January  31,  2004 from
$72,273,000  at October 31, 2003.  This was  primarily a result of a decrease in
certificates  of deposit.  Although time deposits  declined,  they  continued to
accounts  for  71.05% of the  total  deposit  portfolio  and  remain a  dominant
resource for funds.

         Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings  decreased  slightly to $6,622,000 at
January 31, 2004 from $6,637,000 at October 31, 2003.

         Retained  Earnings.  Total  retained  earnings  increased  $274,000  to
$7,946,000  at January  31,  2004 from  October  31,  2003.  This  increase  was
attributable  to net income of  $100,000  and  accumulated  other  comprehensive
income of $175,000. Accumulated other comprehensive income increased as a result
of changes in the net  unrealized  gain on investment  securities  available for
sale due to fluctuations in interest rates. Because of interest rate volatility,
accumulated other comprehensive income could materially


                                       26




fluctuate for each interim period and year end period  depending on economic and
interest  rate  conditions.  The Bank is  currently in the process of an initial
stock  offering,  which will include an employee  stock  ownership  plan and may
include a restricted stock plan. The proceeds would result in additional  equity
in the immediate future which will be used for general business purposes.


                                       27



                 SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

         The following consolidated financial information and other data in this
section are derived from the Bank's audited  consolidated  financial  statements
for the years ended  October 31, 2003 and 2002 and should be read  together with
the Bank's consolidated  financial statements and the notes thereto beginning on
page F-2 of this  prospectus.  References  to 2003 or 2002  refer to the  fiscal
years ended October 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.


                                                 At October 31,
                                              2003              2002
                                              ----              ----
                                                (In thousands)
Balance Sheet:
Assets.................................... $87,367           $85,261
Loans receivable, net.....................  50,730            51,689
Investment securities.....................  27,337            23,492
Cash and cash equivalents.................   6,304             7,301
Deposits..................................  72,273            70,015
FHLB borrowings...........................   6,637             6,694
Total retained earnings...................   7,672             7,387

                                              For the Year Ended
                                                  October 31,
                                              2003              2002
                                            ------            ------
                                                 (In thousands)
Summary of Operations:
Interest and dividend income..............  $5,120            $5,837
Interest expense..........................   2,450             2,999
                                            ------            ------
Net interest income.......................   2,670             2,838
Provision for loan losses.................      33                25
                                            ------            ------
Net interest income after provision
  for loan losses.........................   2,637             2,813
Noninterest income........................     386               365
Noninterest expense.......................   2,177             2,285
                                            ------            ------
Income before income taxes................     846               893
Income taxes..............................     290               364
                                            ------            ------
Net income................................  $  556            $  529
                                            ======            ======

Actual number (not in thousands):
Real estate loans outstanding.............     863             1,007
Deposit accounts..........................   6,709             7,126
Offices...................................       2                 2


                                       28



Selected Financial Ratios



                                                                              At or For
                                                                           the Year Ended
                                                                             October 31,
                                                                        2003            2002
                                                                   --------------- -------------
                                                                            
Performance Ratios:
  Return on average assets (net income divided by
     average total  assets)..................................           0.64%          0.63%

  Return on average equity (net income divided by
     average equity).........................................           7.23%          7.48%

  Net interest rate spread...................................           2.95%          3.18%

  Net interest margin on average interest-earning
     assets..................................................           3.26%          3.54%

  Average interest-earning assets to average
     interest-bearing liabilities............................         110.36%        109.56%

  Efficiency ratio (noninterest expense divided by the
     sum of net interest income and noninterest
     income).................................................          71.24%         71.34%

Asset Quality Ratios:
  Non-performing loans to total loans, net...................           0.75%          1.06%

  Non-performing assets to total assets......................           0.48%          0.65%

  Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding...............           0.07%          0.33%

  Allowance for loan losses to total loans...................           0.51%          0.51%


  Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans..........          68.85%         48.54%


Capital Ratios:
  Average equity to average assets
     (average equity divided by average total assets)........           8.89%          8.40%

  Equity to assets at period end.............................           8.78%          8.66%


                                       29



                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview


         The consolidated  analysis of St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank and its
wholly-owned subsidiary,  SE Investment Services Corp, is intended to assist the
reader in evaluating the performance of the Bank for the years ended October 31,
2003 and 2002. This  information  should be read in conjunction with the audited
consolidated  financial  statements and  accompanying  notes to the consolidated
financial statements.

         The Bank,  which is subject to regulation and supervision by the Office
of Thrift Supervision,  is a  federally-chartered  savings bank headquartered in
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.  The Bank entered into a supervisory agreement with
the  Office of  Thrift  Supervision  in  February  2002.  While in  effect,  the
agreement  limited  the Bank's loan  originations  and asset  growth,  including
restricting the Bank from originating non-owner occupied residential real estate
loans (both  one-to-four  family  investor loans and  multi-family  loans).  The
agreement was  terminated on December 10, 2003.  See  Supervisory  Agreements on
page ___.

         The Bank's  principal  sources of revenue  consist of income from its ^
residential  real estate loans,  commercial real estate loans and consumer loans
and its  investment  securities  as well as from a variety of  deposit  services
offered to its customers  through two offices  located in  Philadelphia  County,
Pennsylvania, and Gloucester County, New Jersey.

         For the year ended October 31, 2003, the Bank  recognized net income of
$556,000 as compared to $529,000 for 2002. Return on average equity for 2003 was
7.23% as  compared to 7.48% for 2002.  The Bank's  earnings  reflect  strategies
implemented in previous years to strengthen  financial  discipline by evaluating
inefficiencies  within the  organization  that  resulted in ^ the closing of two
branch ^ offices.  Savings on occupancy and equipment  costs  resulting from the
closing of the  Germantown  office more than offset a reduction  in net interest
margin to 3.26% for 2003 from 3.54% for 2002. Meanwhile, asset quality continued
to  improve  as the  Bank  focused  on  enhancing  its  credit  risk  management
procedures that resulted in a reduction of nonperforming assets. ^ Average loans
outstanding  declined during the period due to refinancings of mortgage loans as
customers  took  advantage of the low interest rate  environment  ^. Funding for
operations continues to be primarily from a competitively priced deposit product
portfolio,  as well as  from  investment  repayments  and  maturities.  Leverage
capital ratios remained strong at 8.89% in 2003. ^


Business Strategy


         ^ In the  future,  the Bank's  business  strategy ^ will be to grow and
improve its profitability by:

          o    Emphasizing  one- to four-family  residential real estate lending
               (both  owner-occupied  and investor  owned),  while continuing to
               originate multi-family and commercial real estate lending;


          o    Increasing assets;

          o    Utilizing  the  capital  raised in the  offering  to help  manage
               interest rate risk;

          o    Offering new products and services to the Bank's customers; and

                                       30



          o    Maintaining high asset quality.


         In addition,  the Bank may expand either  through  opening or acquiring
branch  offices.  The Bank may also relocate its Sewell,  New Jersey office to a
new  site.  The  Bank  does  not,  however,  have  any  current  understandings,
agreements or  arrangements  for the expansion of its business,  either  through
repositioning existing branches or the addition of new branch offices.

         Furthermore,  the Bank currently plans to add seven full time employees
to  its  staff  over  the  next  several  years,   including  up  to  three  new
lender/business development officers, an assistant branch manager, and a support
staff  employee  in  each  of  the  accounting,  lending  and  customer  service
departments. ^


Critical Accounting Policies


         The Bank's  accounting  policies  are  integral  to  understanding  the
results reported.  The accounting  policies are described in detail in Note 1 of
the  consolidated  financial  statements.  The Bank's  most  complex  accounting
policies  require  management's  judgment to ascertain  the valuation of assets,
liabilities,  commitments and contingencies.  The Bank has established  detailed
policies and control  procedures that are intended to ensure  valuation  methods
are well controlled and applied consistently from period to period. In addition,
the policies and procedures are intended to ensure that the process for changing
methodologies  occurs in an  appropriate  manner.  Management  believes that the
determination of the allowances for loan losses is a critical policy.

         Allowance  for Loan Losses.  ^  Evaluation  of the  allowance  for loan
losses involves a high degree of judgment.  The Bank's allowance for loan losses
provides for losses based upon  evaluations of known and inherent  losses in the
loan portfolio  that are both probable and reasonable to estimate.  Accordingly,
all loan losses are charged to the allowance, and all recoveries are credited to
it.

         Management uses historical information to assess the allowance for loan
losses as well as the  prevailing  business  environment,  as it is  affected by
changing economic conditions and various external factors,  which may impact the
portfolio in ways currently unforeseen. The allowance is increased by provisions
for loan losses and by recoveries of loans previously charged-off and reduced by
loans charged-off.  For a full discussion of the Bank's methodology of assessing
the ^ allowance for loan losses,  refer to Note 1 of the consolidated  financial
statements commencing on page F-7.


Comparison of the Results of  Operations  for the Fiscal Years Ended October 31,
2003 and October 31, 2002


         The Bank ^ reported net income of $556,000 ^ for 2003, which represents
an increase  of  $27,000,  or 5.1%,  over 2002.  This  increase in net income is
primarily due to a reduction in noninterest expenses of $108,000, which resulted
from savings  associated  with closing a branch  office  located in  Germantown,
Pennsylvania  coupled  with a reduction  in income  taxes of $74,000.  Partially
offsetting  these  reductions in expenses in 2003 was a decrease in net interest
income of $168,000.

         Net  Interest  Income.  Net  interest  income  for  2003  decreased  to
$2,670,000 as compared to $2,838,000  for 2002.  The Bank's net interest  margin
for 2003 was 3.26%, versus 3.54% for 2002.


         Interest  income for 2003 was  $5,120,000 as compared to $5,837,000 for
2002. This decrease of $717,000 or 12.3% was influenced  primarily by a decrease
in the interest earned on loans receivable of

                                       31




$716,000  and was the  product of both volume and rate  fluctuations  during the
period.  The  average  balance  of  loans  receivable  decreased  $5,597,000  to
$49,785,000  during 2003 and was the result of mortgage loan repayments due to ^
customers  refinancing  in  the  current  low  interest  rate  environment.  The
tax-equivalent yield on interest earning assets decreased to 6.21% for 2003 from
7.27% for 2002, and primarily resulted from a 113 basis point and 50 basis point
decrease in investment  securities and loans  receivable,  respectively.  During
2003, ^ funds from the rapid prepayment of loans and  mortgage-backed as well as
new deposits were invested at substantially  lower rates than the previous year.
^

         Interest  expense  decreased  $550,000 or 18.3% for 2003 to  $2,450,000
from  $3,000,000  for 2002.  Interest  expense  incurred on  deposits  decreased
$478,000  for 2003 as compared  to 2002 and was  primarily  attributable  to the
current  interest  rate  environment  that resulted in a lowering of the cost of
funds to 3.25% for 2003 ^ from 4.08% for 2002.  Although  the Bank  reduced  its
costs  on all  deposit  products  during  2003,  ^ the  largest  decline  was in
certificate  of deposit  rates  which  decreased  by 94 basis  points.  Interest
expense on  borrowings  also  decreased  ^,  $222,000  for 2003 as  compared  to
$294,000 for 2002, as a result of a decline in average balances.

         Loan  Loss  Provision.   ^  The  loan  loss  provision  is  based  upon
management's assessment of a variety of factors,  including types and amounts of
nonperforming  loans,  historical loss experience,  collectibility of collateral
values and guaranties,  pending legal action for collection of loans and related
guaranties,   and  current  economic  conditions.  The  ^  allowance  represents
management's  ^ best  estimate  of ^  known  and  inherent  losses  in the  loan
portfolio at the balance  sheet date that are both  probable and  reasonable  to
estimate. ^ However,  actual loan losses could exceed the amounts that have been
charged to operations.

         The  provision  for loan  losses  was  $33,000 in 2003 as  compared  to
$25,000 in 2002.  Non-performing loans decreased to $382,000 at October 31, 2003
compared  to  $550,000  the  year  prior.  Average  loans  outstanding  for 2003
decreased to $49.8 million from $55.4 million for 2002.  The slight  increase in
the provision in 2003 reflects mainly a change in the Bank's estimation  methods
during 2003.  During  2003,  the Bank  increased  its  recommended  allowance on
one-to-four  family loans, both  owner-occupied and non-owner occupied (investor
loans),  and began using a four year loss average (with a 50% weighting given to
the latest  year)  versus a three  year loss  average  being  used in 2002.  The
relatively  high net  charge-offs  on loans for 2002 impacted the four year loss
average. Net charge-offs were $37,000 in 2003 versus $182,000 for 2002.

         Noninterest Income. Total noninterest income increased slightly in 2003
to $386,000  from  $365,000 for 2002.  Noninterest  income  items are  primarily
comprised of service  charges and fees on deposit account  activity,  along with
fee income  derived  from other  financial  related  services.  The  increase is
principally  due to the  recognition  of  additional  fee  income  from  deposit
accounts due to an increase in both the transactional fees being charged and the
volume of related  transactions.  ^  Subsequent  to October 31,  2003,  the Bank
approved a $1,800,000  investment in bank-owned life insurance ^, and $1,500,000
had been invested as of December 31, 2003.  Although  funds for this  investment
will come from other investments, thereby reducing net interest income, the Bank
expects that the after-tax  return from this product,  which will be reported as
noninterest income, will be more than offsetting.


         Noninterest  Expense.  Noninterest expense decreased 4.7% to $2,177,000
for 2003 as compared  to  $2,285,000  for 2002.  Noninterest  expense  items are
primarily  comprised  of  compensation  and  employee  benefits,  occupancy  and
equipment,  federal insurance premiums,  data processing,  professional fees and
various other operational expenses. Compensation and employee benefits decreased
$70,000, or 6.0%, primarily as a result of a decrease in the number of full time
equivalent employees coupled with a

                                       32




reduction in  discretionary  benefit  costs.  Occupancy and  equipment  expenses
decreased 29.8% or $116,000 as a result of closing the Bank's former  Germantown
branch and a reduction in  depreciation  recognized on capitalized  assets.  Net
real estate operations^ consist of the costs incurred in the temporary operation
of other real estate owned, as well as the gains and losses  associated with the
disposal of such  properties^;  in 2003, the Bank incurred an expense of $15,000
in this category,  whereas in 2002, there was a gain of $59,000 from the sale of
such  property,  a negative  change of $74,000 in year to year  comparisons.  In
addition,  federal  deposit  insurance  premiums  decreased  39.6% for 2003 as a
result of the  lowering  of the Bank's  risk  rating,  while  professional  fees
increased $20,000 during 2003 ^ due to increased ^ general business ^ activity.

         Noninterest  expenses ^ are  expected  to  increase  in 2004 due to the
additional costs of professional fees associated with becoming a public company,
the  expected   implementation  of  supplemental  ^  retirement  plans  for  key
employees,  and expenses from ^ employee stock ownership and restricted  stock ^
plans.

         Additionally, the Bank currently plans to add seven full time employees
to  its  staff  over  the  next  several  years,   including  up  to  three  new
lender/business development officers, an assistant branch manager, and a support
staff  employee  in  each  of  the  accounting,  lending  and  customer  service
departments.

         Income  Taxes.  Income taxes  declined  20.3% to $290,000 for 2003 from
$364,000 for 2002 due to a reduction in pretax  income and a decrease in the tax
rate.  The  effective tax rate was reduced to 34.2% for 2003 from 40.7% for 2002
as a result of an increase in tax-exempt income.


Comparison of Financial Condition at October 31, 2003 and October 31, 2002

         Assets and Liabilities.  The Bank's total assets increased  $2,106,000,
or 2.5%,  to  $87,367,000  at October 31, 2003 from  $85,261,000  at October 31,
2002. This increase primarily resulted from a $3,845,000,  or 16.4%, increase in
investment  securities  available  for  sale  that  was  primarily  funded  by a
$2,258,000 net increase in customer deposits.


         Cash and cash equivalents  decreased  $997,000 to $6,304,000 at October
31, 2003 from  $7,301,000  at October  31,  2002.  The  decrease  resulted  from
temporary  fluctuations  ^ in  deposits  with  other  banks due to the timing of
customer activity. The Bank maintains an overnight interest bearing account with
the Federal Home loan Bank.  Excess funds are  deposited  here while  management
evaluates  other  investment  opportunities  and to meet current funding of loan
commitments.

         Investment  securities  available for sale  increased to $27,337,000 at
October 31, 2003 from $23,492,000 at October 31, 2002. ^ During 2003,  principal
repayments on  mortgage-backed  securities  were utilized for other  operational
purposes,  including the purchase of U.S. Government agency securities. This has
resulted in a more diversified  investment portfolio mix between U.S. Government
agency  and   mortgage-backed   securities.   ^  These  U.S.  Government  agency
securities, which have all been classified as available for sale, typically have
maturities ranging from 1 to 5 years with yields between 3.0% and 4.8%.

         Net loans  receivable,  which remained  relatively stable in 2003, were
$50,730,000  at October 31, 2003 as compared to $51,689,000 at October 31, 2002.
A slight decrease in one-to-four family mortgages was noted during the year as ^
customers refinanced loans in ^ the low interest rate environment.  Multi-family
loans  decreased  to $466,000 at October 31, 2003 as compared to  $1,289,000  at
October 31, 2002 as a result of the  regulatory  supervisory  agreement the Bank
entered into with the Office of Thrift


                                       33




Supervision  in  February  2002.   Such  agreement   restricted  the  Bank  from
originating non-owner occupied residential real estate loans, and the balance of
this loan portfolio declined due to principal repayments not being offset by any
new  originations  during the time the Bank was  subject to the  agreement.  The
agreement was terminated on December 10, 2003.  Construction  loans increased to
$1,416,000  at October 31, 2003 as compared to $151,000 at October 31, 2002 as a
result of the Bank  purchasing  participation  interests  in three loans with an
aggregate balance of $1,313,000 at October 31, 2003. Management maintains a loan
pricing structure that while competitive,  also considers interest rate risk and
liquidity  risk. As of October 31, 2003, the Bank had  commitments to fund loans
of $3,273,000.

         At October  31,  2003,  the  allowance  for loan  losses  decreased  to
$263,000 from $267,000 at October 31, 2002, and  represented  0.51% of the gross
loan  portfolio  at both  October  31, 2003 and 2002.  Nonperforming  loans as a
percentage  of total net loans  decreased  to 0.75% at October  31,  2003 ^ from
1.06% ^ the year before.  The Bank had nonaccrual loans of $370,000 and $543,000
at October  31,  2003 and 2002,  respectively.  Management  does not believe the
nonaccrual  loans  or  any  amounts  classified  as  nonperforming  will  have a
significant effect on operations or liquidity in 2004.  Furthermore,  management
is not aware of any trends or  uncertainties  related to any loans classified as
doubtful  or  substandard  that  might  have  a  material  effect  on  earnings,
liquidity, or capital resources.

         Subsequent  to  October  31,  2003,  the  Bank  approved  a  $1,800,000
investment in bank-owned  life  insurance,  commonly  referred to as "BOLI," and
$1,500,000 had been invested as of December 31, 2003.  Bank-owned life insurance
consists of individual policies purchased on the lives of executive officers and
directors of the Bank, and the beneficiary of such policies is the Bank. Returns
on the  investment  of the cash value of the policy are  included  in the Bank's
noninterest  income.  Although  funds for this  investment  will come from other
investments,  thereby  reducing net interest  income,  the Bank expects that the
after-tax  return  from this  product,  which will be  reported  as  noninterest
income,  will more than offset the related reduction in net interest income. The
earnings  associated with this product are considered to offset current employee
benefits  expense,  as well as the  possible  addition of deferred  compensation
plans for officers.

         Total deposits increased $2,258,000, or 3.2%, to $72,273,000 at October
31, 2003 from $70,015,110 at October 31, 2002. ^ This growth^ was ^ concentrated
in transactional,  savings, and money market deposits, ^ and reflected continual
marketing  efforts  ^ as well as ^ the  competitive  pricing  of such  products.
Deposit  growth also was driven by a general shift in customer  preference  away
from the equity markets and into insured bank  deposits.  Although time deposits
declined, they continued to account for 71.6% of the total deposit portfolio and
remain ^ the dominant ^ source of funds.


         Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  borrowings  decreased  slightly  in  2003 to
$6,637,000 and  approximately  60% of these  borrowings will mature in 2004. The
proceeds  from these  borrowings  were  originally  utilized to  supplement  the
funding of loan demand.


         Retained  Earnings.  Total  retained  earnings  increased  $285,000  to
$7,672,000  at October 31,  2003 due to net income of  $556,000  that was offset
partially by a decrease in accumulated other  comprehensive  income of $271,000.
Accumulated other  comprehensive  income decreased as a result of changes in the
net  unrealized  gain  on  investment  securities  available  for  sale  due  to
fluctuations  in interest rates. ^ The Bank has concluded that any impairment of
its  investment  securities  portfolio  is not other than  temporary  and is not
expected to result in the  noncollection  of principal  and interest  during the
period.  Accumulated other comprehensive  income ^ will fluctuate from period to
period, reflecting changes in interest rate levels, and such fluctuations can at
times be material.  The Bank has disclosed  comprehensive income of $285,000 and
$531,000 for the years ending October 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.


                                       34




Comprehensive  income considers the effects of recognizing  unrealized gains and
losses on  available  for sale  investment  securities  during the period on net
income.

         The Bank is  currently  in the  process of an initial  stock  offering,
which will include an employee stock ownership plan and a restricted stock plan.
The  proceeds of the stock  offering  would result in  additional  equity in the
immediate future which ^ would be used for general business purposes.


Liquidity and Capital Resources

         Liquidity  management  for the Bank is measured and monitored on both a
short- and long-term basis,  allowing  management to better understand and react
to emerging balance sheet trends. After assessing actual and projected cash flow
needs,  management  seeks to obtain funding at the most  economical  cost to the
Bank. Both short- and long-term  liquidity needs are addressed by maturities and
sales of investments securities,  and loan repayments and maturities. The use of
these  resources,  in  conjunction  with  access to  credit,  provides  the core
ingredients for satisfying depositor, borrower, and creditor needs.

         The  Bank's  liquid  assets  consist  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,
certificates  of  deposit  in  other  financial   institutions   and  investment
securities  classified  as  available  for sale.  The  level of these  assets is
dependent on the Bank's operating,  investing,  and financing  activities during
any given  period.  At  October  31,  2003,  cash and cash  equivalents  totaled
$6,304,000  or 7.2% of total assets while  investment  securities  classified as
available for sale and  certificates of deposit in other financial  institutions
totaled  $27,521,000  or 31.5% of total  assets.  Management  believes  that the
liquidity  needs of the Bank are  satisfied  by the current  balance of cash and
cash equivalents,  readily available access to traditional funding sources, FHLB
borrowings,  and the portion of the investment and loan  portfolios that matures
within  one year.  These  sources  of funds  will  enable  the Bank to meet cash
obligations and off-balance  sheet commitments of $3,273,000 as they come due in
the upcoming year.


         ^ The Bank's  liquidity  could be reduced  if a  significant  amount of
certificates  of  deposit,  maturing  within a short  period  of time,  were not
renewed.  It has  been the  Bank's  experience  that a  significant  portion  of
certificates  of deposit  remain  with the Bank  after they  mature and the Bank
believes that this will continue.  Certificates  of deposit  maturing within one
year or less at October 31, 2003 and 2002 totaled  $21,717,000 and  $27,721,000,
respectively.  Total certificates of deposit were $51,855,000 and $52,719,000 at
October 31, 2003 and 2002,  respectively.  Management  does not  anticipate  any
change in its pricing  strategy  relative to certificates of deposit and expects
to  maintain  competitive  pricing  on these  deposits,  relative  to the Bank's
liquidity needs. Depending on the Bank's liquidity needs, if replacement funding
were  necessary,  the Bank could borrow  additional  funds from the Federal Home
Loan Bank and could also sell available for sale securities.  Additionally,  the
liquidity  provided  by  the  stock  offering  in  connection  with  the  Bank's
mutual-to-stock  conversion would offset any reduction in funds from the loss of
maturing certificates of deposit.


         Operating  activities  provided  net cash of $604,000  and $532,000 for
2003 and 2002,  respectively,  and were generated principally from net income of
$556,000 and $529,000 in each of these respective periods.

         Investing   activities  consist  primarily  of  loan  originations  and
repayments  and  investment  purchases and  maturities.  For 2003,  cash used by
investing activities primarily consisted of investment purchases of $19,541,000.
Partially  offsetting the cash used by investing  activities was  $15,076,000 of
proceeds from investment security maturities and repayments, as well as net loan
repayments  of $746,000.  For the same period ended 2002,  investing  activities
provided $1,649,000 in funds principally from the net

                                       35




repayment of loans,  the proceeds from  repayments  and maturities of investment
securities,  and  proceeds  from  the  sales  of real  estate  acquired  through
foreclosure  of $7,304,000,  $8,752,000,  and $953,000  respectively.  Partially
offsetting  these  amounts  was  the  purchase  of  investment   securities  for
$15,372,000.  For both periods, the lower interest rate environment has resulted
in  numerous   securities  being  called  and  one-to-four  family  loans  being
refinanced.

         ^  Subsequent  to October  31,  2003,  the Bank  approved a  $1,800,000
investment in bank-owned  life  insurance,  commonly  referred to as "BOLI," and
$1,500,000 had been invested as of December 31, 2003. Management does not expect
holding this policy to have any significant  effect on the Bank's liquidity,  as
the Bank has sufficient liquidity to meet its cash flow needs.

         Financing  activities  consist of the  solicitation  and  repayment  of
customer  deposits,  borrowings  and  repayments,  and advances by borrowers for
taxes and  insurance.  During 2003,  net cash  provided by financing  activities
totaled  $2,112,000  and was  principally  derived from an increase in deposits.
During 2002, net cash used for financing  activities  totaled $204,000,  and was
principally  derived from  repayments  of Federal Home Loan Bank  borrowings  of
$1,151,000 that were partially  offset by an increase in deposits of $1,099,000.
The Bank has $4,061,000 in FHLB borrowings coming due in 2004 and is expected to
roll a portion  of this into  another  loan with the FHLB.  The funds from the ^
stock  offering in connection  with the Bank's  mutual-to-stock  conversion  are
expected  to reduce the  remaining  portion,  as well as fund  general  business
operations.


         The  following  table  discloses  the  Bank's   contractual   borrowing
obligations as of October 31, 2003.



                                                              Less Than                                    After
                                                       Total    1 Year        1-3 Years    4-5 Years      5 Years
                                                       -----    ------        ---------    ---------      -------

                                                                           ^(In thousands)

                                                                                          
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings.............        $6,637     $4,061         $    76      $1,500        $1,000
                                                       =====      =====          ======       =====         =====


         At October 31, 2003, the Bank had a maximum borrowing capacity of $58.8
million with the Federal Home Loan Bank.

         The following  table  discloses the Bank's new loan  commitments  as of
October 31, 2003, including unused lines of credit.



                                                       Total
                                                       Amounts Less Than                                 Over
                                                     Committed  1 Year        1-3 Years    4-5 Years    5 Years
                                                     ---------  ------        ---------    ---------    -------

                                                                           ^(In thousands)

                                                                                        
Construction loans in process(1).............        $   31      $   31         $     -     $     -      $     -
Other commitments to extend credit(2)........         3,242       3,242               -           -            -
                                                      -----       -----          ------      ------       ------
   Total.....................................        $3,273      $3,273         $     -     $     -      $     -
                                                      =====       =====          ======      ======       ======

- ----------
(1)  Includes  construction  loans which will  convert to permanent  loans.  (2)
     Represents amounts committed to customers.


         The impact of the additional  capital from the stock offering will have
a material effect on the Bank's  liquidity.  Additionally,  the Board may in the
future implement a $10.0 million leveraging strategy


                                       36




that  would  increase  borrowings  and  provide  funding  for  the  purchase  of
investment  securities with a favorable interest rate spread.  Management is not
aware of any other trends,  demands,  commitments,  events or uncertainties that
will result in or that are reasonably  likely to result in the Bank's  liquidity
increasing or decreasing in any material way.

         Management is not currently aware of any material trends,  favorable or
unfavorable, currently affecting the Bank's capital resources. Historically, the
Bank's  primary  source  of  capital  has been  retained  earnings,  which^  has
supported  past growth and  expansion.  The  proceeds  of the stock  offering in
connection with the Bank's  mutual-to-stock  conversion are part of management's
new capital planning policy to ensure  compliance with regulations and to permit
future expansion.  The infusion of this new capital will significantly  increase
the Bank's capital resources by increasing equity by approximately $19.6 million
to approximately $27.3 million, if 2,012,500 shares, the maximum of the offering
range, are sold in the offering.  Management also expects the  implementation of
the  employee  stock  ownership  plan  and the  restricted  stock  plan  and the
accompanying  costs  of such  plans  as well as the  potential  payment  of cash
dividends  to  stockholders  of SE  Financial  Corp.  to have an  impact  on the
consolidated capital position of SE Financial Corp. and the Bank.

         Regulatory  Capital  Requirements.  The  Bank  is  subject  to  federal
regulations  imposing  minimum  capital  requirements.  Management  monitors the
Bank's Total risk-based,  Tier I risk-based,  and Tier I leverage capital ratios
to assess compliance with regulatory  guidelines.  At October 31, 2003, the Bank
exceeded the minimum capital ratio  requirements.  The Bank's Total  risk-based,
Tier I risk-based,  and Tier I leverage  capital ratios were 21.0%,  20.3%,  and
8.9%, respectively, at October 31, 2003.


Recent Accounting Pronouncements

         In August 2001,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")
issued Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("FAS") No. 143, Accounting
for  Asset  Retirement  Obligations,  which  requires  that the fair  value of a
liability be recognized  when incurred for the retirement of a long-lived  asset
and the value of the asset be  increased  by that  amount.  The  statement  also
requires  that the  liability be  maintained  at its present value in subsequent
periods and outlines certain  disclosures for such obligations.  The adoption of
this  statement,  which was effective  November 1, 2002, did not have a material
effect on the Bank's financial position or results of operations.

         In July  2002,  the FASB  issued  FAS No.  146,  Accounting  for  Costs
Associated  with  Exit or  Disposal  Activities,  which  requires  companies  to
recognize  costs  associated  with  exit or  disposal  activities  when they are
incurred  rather than at the date of a commitment  to an exit or disposal  plan.
This statement replaces EITF Issue No. 94-3,  Liability  Recognition for Certain
Employee  Termination  Benefits  and Other Costs to Exit an Activity  (Including
Certain Costs Incurred in a  Restructuring).  The new statement is effective for
exit or disposal  activities  initiated after December 31, 2002. The adoption of
this statement did not have a material effect on the Bank's  financial  position
or results of operations.

         On December  31,  2002,  the FASB issued FAS No.  148,  Accounting  for
Stock-Based Compensation -- Transition and Disclosure, which amends FAS No. 123,
Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation.  FAS No. 148  amends the  disclosure
requirements  of FAS  No.  123 to  require  more  prominent  and  more  frequent
disclosures   in  financial   statements   about  the  effects  of   stock-based
compensation.  Under the  provisions of FAS No. 123,  companies that adopted the
preferable,  fair  value  based  method  were  required  to  apply  that  method
prospectively  for new stock  option  awards.  This  contributed  to a "ramp-up"
effect on  stock-based  compensation  expense  in the first few years  following
adoption,  which caused concern for companies and investors  because of the lack
of consistency in reported results. To address that concern,

                                       37



FAS No. 148  provides  two  additional  methods of  transition  that  reflect an
entity's full complement of stock-based  compensation  expense  immediately upon
adoption,  thereby eliminating the ramp-up effect. FAS No. 148 also improves the
clarity and prominence of  disclosures  about the pro forma effects of using the
fair value based  method of  accounting  for  stock-based  compensation  for all
companies -- regardless of the  accounting  method used -- by requiring that the
data be presented more  prominently  and in a more  user-friendly  format in the
footnotes to the financial statements.  In addition,  the statement improves the
timeliness of those  disclosures by requiring that this  information be included
in interim as well as annual financial  statements.  The transition guidance and
annual  disclosure  provisions  of FAS No. 148 are  effective  for fiscal  years
ending after December 15, 2002,  with earlier  application  permitted in certain
circumstances.  The interim  disclosure  provisions  are effective for financial
reports  containing  financial  statements for interim  periods  beginning after
December 15, 2002. The adoption of this statement did not have a material effect
on the Bank's financial position or results of operations, but may in the future
after the implementation of stock benefit plans.

         In April, 2003, the FASB issued FAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133
on Derivative  Instruments  and Hedging  Activities.  This statement  amends and
clarifies  accounting for derivative  instruments,  including certain derivative
instruments  embedded in other contracts,  and for hedging  activities under FAS
No. 133. The amendments set forth in FAS No. 149 improve financial  reporting by
requiring  that  contracts  with  comparable  characteristics  be accounted  for
similarly.  In particular,  this statement  clarifies under what circumstances a
contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative
as  discussed  in FAS No. 133.  In  addition,  it  clarifies  when a  derivative
contains a financing  component that warrants special reporting in the statement
of cash flows.  FAS No.149 amends certain other existing  pronouncements.  Those
changes  will  result  in  more  consistent  reporting  of  contracts  that  are
derivatives in their entirety or that contain embedded  derivatives that warrant
separate  accounting.  This statement is effective for contracts entered into or
modified  after  September  30,  2003,  except as stated  below and for  hedging
relationships  designated  after  September  30, 2003.  The  guidance  should be
applied  prospectively.  The provisions of this statement that relate to FAS No.
133  Implementation  Issues that have been  effective  for fiscal  quarters that
began prior to September 15, 2003,  should  continue to be applied in accordance
with their respective effective dates. In addition,  certain provisions relating
to forward purchases or sales of when-issued securities or other securities that
do not yet  exist,  should  be  applied  to  existing  contracts  as well as new
contracts  entered into after September 30, 2003. The adoption of this statement
did not have a material  effect on the Bank's  financial  position or results of
operations.

         In May 2003,  the FASB  issued  FAS No.  150,  Accounting  for  Certain
Financial  Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. This
statement  establishes  standards  for how an  issuer  classifies  and  measures
certain  financial  instruments  with  characteristics  of both  liabilities and
equity.  It  requires  that an issuer  classify a financial  instrument  that is
within  its  scope as a  liability  (or an asset  in some  circumstances).  Such
instruments  may have been  previously  classified as equity.  This statement is
effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003,
and  otherwise  is  effective  at the  beginning  of the  first  interim  period
beginning  after June 15,  2003,  except for  mandatorily  redeemable  financial
instruments of nonpublic entities. These financial instrument are subject to the
provisions  of this  Statement  for the  first  fiscal  period  beginning  after
December 15, 2003. The adoption of this statement has not and is not expected to
have a material effect on the Bank's reported equity.

         In November 2002, the FASB issued  Interpretation  No. 45,  Guarantor's
Accounting  and  Disclosure  requirements  for  Guarantees,  Including  Indirect
Guarantees of  Indebtedness  of Others.  This  interpretation  elaborates on the
disclosures  to be made by a  guarantor  in its  interim  and  annual  financial
statements  about its obligations  under certain  guarantees that it has issued.
This interpretation clarifies that

                                       38



a guarantor is required to disclose (a) the nature of the  guarantee,  including
the approximate  term of the guarantee,  how the guarantee arose, and the events
or  circumstances  that  would  require  the  guarantor  to  perform  under  the
guarantee;  (b) the  maximum  potential  amount  of  future  payments  under the
guarantee; (c) the carrying amount of the liability, if any, for the guarantor's
obligations  under the guarantee;  and (d) the nature and extent of any recourse
provisions  or available  collateral  that would enable the guarantor to recover
the amounts paid under the guarantee.  This interpretation also clarifies that a
guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability
for the  obligations it has  undertaken in issuing the guarantee,  including its
ongoing  obligation  to stand ready to perform over the term of the guarantee in
the  event  that the  specified  triggering  events  or  conditions  occur.  The
objective of the initial  measurement of that liability is the fair value of the
guarantee at its  inception.  The initial  recognition  and initial  measurement
provisions of this  interpretation  are  applicable  on a  prospective  basis to
guarantees  issued or modified  after  December  31, 2002,  irrespective  of the
guarantor's fiscal year-end. The disclosure  requirements in this interpretation
are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after
December 15, 2002. The adoption of this  interpretation  did not have a material
effect on the Bank's financial position or results of operations.


         In January 2003, the FASB issued  Interpretation No. 46,  Consolidation
of  Variable  Interest  Entities,  in an effort to  expand  upon and  strengthen
existing accounting guidance that addresses when a company should include in its
financial  statements the assets,  liabilities and activities of another entity.
The  objective  of this  interpretation  is not to restrict  the use of variable
interest entities but to improve financial  reporting by companies involved with
variable  interest  entities.  Until now,  one company  generally  has  included
another  entity in its ^ financial  statements  only if it controlled the entity
through  voting  interests.  This  interpretation  changes  that by  requiring a
variable  interest  entity to be  consolidated  by a company if that  company is
subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the  variable  interest  entity's
activities or entitled to receive a majority of the entity's residual returns or
both. The consolidation requirements of this interpretation apply immediately to
variable  interest  entities  created after January 31, 2003. The  consolidation
requirements  apply to older entities in the first fiscal year or interim period
beginning after June 15, 2003.  Certain of the disclosure  requirements apply in
all financial  statements issued after January 31, 2003,  regardless of when the
variable interest entity was established.  In October, 2003, the FASB decided to
defer to the fourth quarter from the third quarter the  implementation  date for
Interpretation  No. 46. This deferral only applies to variable interest entities
that existed prior to February 1, 2003. The adoption of this  interpretation has
not and is not  expected  to have a  material  effect  on the  Bank's  financial
position or results of operations.


Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

         The Bank's  consolidated  financial  statements and related data herein
have been prepared in accordance with accounting  principles  generally accepted
in the  United  States  of  America,  which  require  measurement  of  financial
condition  and results of operations  in terms of  historical  dollars,  without
considering  changes in the relative  purchasing power of money over time due to
inflation.

         Because the primary assets and  liabilities of the Bank are monetary in
nature,  changes in the general  level of prices for goods and  services  have a
relatively minor impact on total expenses.  Increases in operating expenses such
as salaries and  maintenance  are in part  attributable  to inflation.  However,
interest  rates  have  a far  more  significant  effect  than  inflation  on the
performance of financial institutions, including the Bank.

                                       39



Market Risk and Net Portfolio Value

         Market  risk is the risk of loss of  income  from  adverse  changes  in
prices and rates that are set by the market. The Bank is at risk that changes in
interest  rates may affect  the income it  receives  on lending  and  investment
activities,  as well as the costs associated with its deposits and borrowings. A
sudden and substantial change in interest rates may affect earnings if the rates
of interest that the Bank earns on its loans and investments  does not change at
the same speed,  to the same extent or on the same basis as the  interest  rates
the Bank pays on its deposits and borrowings.  The Bank makes it a high priority
to actively monitor and manage its exposure to interest rate risk.

         The Bank seeks to manage  interest rate  sensitivity  through its asset
and  liability  committee  which is comprised of members of  management  and the
Board of Directors.  The committee  accomplishes  this by first  evaluating  the
interest  rate risk that is  inherent  in the  makeup of the  Bank's  assets and
liabilities.  The committee then considers the Bank's business strategy, current
operating environment, capital and liquidity requirements, as well as the Bank's
current performance  objectives,  to determine an appropriate level of risk. The
Board of  Directors  has adopted  guidelines  within  which the Bank manages its
interest rate risk, trying to minimize to the extent practical its vulnerability
to changes in interest  rates.  These  strategies  include  focusing  the Bank's
investment   activities  on  short  and  medium-term   securities,   emphasizing
shorter-term loans and loans with adjustable rate features,  and maintaining and
increasing the transaction deposit accounts, as these accounts are considered to
be  relatively  resistant  to changes in interest  rates and  utilizing  deposit
marketing programs to adjust the term or repricing of its liabilities.


         The Bank also monitors its interest rate sensitivity through the use of
an  asset/liability  management  ^ model which  estimates  the change in its net
portfolio  value ^ in the event of a range of assumed changes in market interest
rates.  Net  portfolio  value is defined as the current  market value of assets,
less the current market value of liabilities, plus or minus the current value of
off-balance sheet items. The change in ^ net portfolio value measures the Bank's
vulnerability  to  changes in  interest  rates by  estimating  the change in the
market value of its assets,  liabilities and off-balance sheet items as a result
of an  instantaneous  change in the general level of interest rates (i.e.  shock
analysis).  At October 31, 2003, the Bank had off-balance  sheet items which are
described in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements.

         As market interest rates decreased during 2003, the average  maturities
of loans and investment securities shortened due to quicker prepayments, causing
an  increase  in their  value.  Deposit  accounts  have  only  relatively  minor
movements in a declining  interest  rate  environment,  since they are primarily
short term in nature, resulting in the value of deposits decreasing more quickly
than the value of assets  increase.  If market interest rates begin to increase,
the average  maturities of loans and  securities  will  lengthen as  prepayments
decrease.  Decreases in the value of these loans and securities  occur at a more
rapid rate in the Bank's ^ net portfolio value model than increases in the value
of its  deposits.  The slow  increase  in the value of the Bank's  deposits in a
rising  interest  rate  environment  is  due  to  the  high  concentration  of ^
certificates  of  deposit  in the  deposit  base which have terms of one year or
less.

         The  following  table  lists the  percentage  change in the  Bank's net
portfolio  value ^ assuming an  immediate  change in  interest  rates of plus or
minus up to 300 basis  points from the level at September  30, 2003.  The -200bp
and  -300bp  scenarios  are not shown due to the low  prevailing  interest  rate
environment.


                                       40





                                                              NPV as % of
                 ^ Net Portfolio Value ("NPV")          Present Value of Assets
               --------------------------------------  -------------------------
Change in                                                            Change
Rates (basis   Estimated  Amount of     Percent of      NPV          (basis
      points)     NPV     ($)Change(1)  NPV Change(2)   Ratio(%)(3)  points)(4)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

              (Dollars in thousands)
    +300        $7,435    $(3,193)        (30)%             8.70%     (289)
    +200         8,716     (1,912)        (18)%             9.94%     (165)
    +100         9,812       (816)         (8)%            10.93%      (67)
       0        10,628                                     11.59%        -
    -100        10,500       (128)         (1)%            11.32%      (27)
    -200             -          -           -%                 -%        -
    -300             -          -           -%                 -%        -

- --------------
(1)  Represents  the excess  (deficiency)  of the  estimated  NPV  assuming  the
     indicated  change in interest  rates minus the  estimated  NPV  assuming no
     change in interest rates.
(2)  Calculated  as the  amount of change in the  estimated  NPV  divided by the
     estimated NPV assuming no change in interest rates.
(3)  Calculated as estimated NPV divided by present value of total assets.
(4)  Calculated  as the  excess  (deficiency)  of the  NPV  ratio  assuming  the
     indicated change in interest rates over the estimated NPV ratio assuming no
     change in interest rates.


         The ^ net portfolio value model,  shown above, which is prepared by the
Office of Thrift  Supervision,  has certain  shortcomings and is as of September
30, 2003,  and not the Bank's fiscal year end of October 31, 2003.  Based on the
model,  certain  assumptions  are made that may or may not actually  reflect how
actual yields and costs will react to market interest rates. For example,  the ^
net portfolio value model assumes that the makeup of its interest rate sensitive
assets and  liabilities  will remain  constant  over the period being  measured.
Thus,  although using such a model can be instructive in providing an indication
of the Bank's exposure to interest rate risk, the Bank cannot precisely forecast
the effects of a change in market interest rates,  and the results  indicated by
the model are likely to differ from actual results.


                                       41



         Average   Balance  Sheet.   The  following  table  sets  forth  certain
information  relating to the Bank for the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2002.
The average  yields and costs are  derived by dividing  income or expense by the
average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the years presented.
Average  balances  are  derived  from  daily  balances.   Yields  on  investment
securities have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis.




                                                                                  For the Year Ended October 31,
                                               At October 31,      -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    2003                       2003                         2002
                                            --------------------   -----------------------------  ------------------------------
                                                                    Average            Average     Average              Average
                                             Balance  Yield/Cost    Balance  Interest Yield/Cost   Balance Interest   Yield/Cost
                                             -------  ----------    -------  -------- ----------   ------- --------   ----------
                                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                                 
Interest-earning assets:
 Loans receivable, net (1)................   $50,730      7.09%     $49,785    $3,934     7.90%    $55,382  $4,650         8.40%
 Investment securities ...................    27,337      4.63       27,839     1,111     4.13      20,972   1,094         5.26
 Other interest-earning assets............     6,547      0.95        5,487        75     1.37       4,117      93         2.26
                                             -------                -------   -------              ------- -------
  Total interest-earning assets...........    84,614      5.82       83,111    $5,120     6.21      80,471  $5,837         7.27
                                                                                -----                        -----
Non-interest-earning assets...............     2,753                  3,375                          3,659
                                             -------                -------                        -------
  Total assets............................   $87,367                $86,486                        $84,130
                                              ======                 ======                         ======
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Interest-bearing demand deposits.........   $ 3,232      1.19%     $ 2,968    $   36     1.21%    $ 2,865  $   39         1.36%
 Money market deposits....................     4,613      1.43        4,108        80     1.95       3,528      97         2.75
 Savings accounts.........................     9,683      1.49        9,081       146     1.61       8,657     178         2.06
 Certificates of deposit..................    51,855      3.32       52,490     1,966     3.75      51,038   2,391         4.68
 FHLB borrowings..........................     6,637      3.22        6,664       222     3.33       7,359     294         4.00
                                             -------                -------    ------              -------  ------
  Total interest-bearing liabilities......    76,020      2.87       75,311    $2,450     3.24      73,447  $2,999         4.09
                                                                                -----                        -----
Non-interest-bearing liabilities..........     3,675                  3,486                          3,614
                                              ------                -------                       --------
 Total liabilities........................    79,695                 78,797                         77,061
Retained earnings.........................     7,672                  7,689                          7,069
                                             -------                -------                        -------
 Total liabilities and retained earnings..   $87,367                $86,486                        $84,130
                                              ======                 ======                         ======
Net interest income.......................                                     $2,670                       $2,838
                                                                                =====                        =====
Interest rate spread (2)..................                2.95%                           2.95%                            3.18%
                                                       =======                         =======                          =======
^ Interest margin on interest-earning                     3.24%                           3.26%                            3.54%
                                                       =======                         =======                          =======
assets(3).................................
Ratio of average interest-earning assets
to average interest-bearing liabilities...            ^ 111.30%                         110.36%                          109.56%
                                                      ========                          ======                           ======



- --------------------------------------
(1)  Non-accruing  loans have been  included in loans  receivable,  net, and the
     effect of such inclusion was not material.
(2)  Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on
     interest-earning   assets  and  the   average   cost  of   interest-bearing
     liabilities.
(3)  Net yield on  interest-earning  assets  represents net interest income as a
     percentage of average interest-earning assets.

                                       42



         Rate/Volume Analysis.  The relationship between the volume and rates of
the Bank's interest-bearing  assets and interest-bearing  liabilities influences
the Bank's net interest income.  The following table reflects the sensitivity of
the  Bank's  interest  income and  interest  expense to changes in volume and in
prevailing  interest rates during the periods indicated.  Each category reflects
the:  (1) changes in volume  (changes  in volume  multiplied  by old rate);  (2)
changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by old volume);  and (3) net change.
The net change  attributable  to the combined impact of volume and rate has been
allocated proportionally to the absolute dollar amounts of change in each.



                                                     Year Ended October 31,
                                     ------------------------------------------------------
                                             2003 vs. 2002            2002 vs. 2001
                                     --------------------------  --------------------------
                                          Increase (Decrease)       Increase (Decrease)
                                                Due to                    Due to
                                     --------------------------  --------------------------
                                      Volume     Rate     Net    Volume     Rate     Net
                                      ------     ----     ---    ------     ----     ---
                                                     (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                
Interest and dividend income:
 Loans receivable ..................   $(452)   $(264)   $(716)   $(511)    (130)   $(641)
 Investment securities .............      49      (32)      17      249     (100)     149
 Other interest-earning assets .....      96     (114)     (18)      21     (121)    (100)
                                       -----    -----    -----    -----    -----    -----
  Total interest-earning assets ....   $(307)   $(410)   $(717)   $(241)   $(351)   $(592)
                                       =====    =====    =====    =====    =====    =====

Interest expense:
 Interest-bearing demand deposits ..       1       (4)      (3)       5        1        6
 Money market deposits .............      22      (39)     (17)      39      (50)     (11)
 Savings accounts ..................       9      (41)     (32)     (13)     (33)     (46)
 Certificates of deposit ...........      70     (495)    (425)     111     (489)    (378)
 FHLB borrowings ...................     (26)     (46)     (72)    (140)    (161)    (301)
                                       -----    -----    -----    -----    -----    -----
  Total interest-bearing liabilities   $  76    $(625)   $(549)   $   2    $(732)   $(730)
                                       =====    =====    =====    =====    =====    =====

Change in net interest income ......   $(383)   $ 215    $(168)   $(243)   $ 381    $ 138
                                       =====    =====    =====    =====    =====    =====


                                       43



                         BUSINESS OF SE FINANCIAL CORP.


         Upon  completion of the  conversion we will own all of the stock of the
Bank.  We have not engaged in any  significant  business  to date.  Prior to the
conversion,  we will not  transact  any  material  business.  We will invest our
initial  capitalization as discussed in the Use of Proceeds section on page ___.
In the future, we may pursue other business  activities^ or  diversification  of
operations.   There  are,  however,  no  current  plans  for  these  activities.
Initially,  we will not  maintain  offices  separate  from  those of the Bank or
employ any persons  other than  certain of the Bank's  officers.  Officers of SE
Financial Corp. will not be separately compensated for their service.


                  BUSINESS OF ST. EDMOND'S FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

General

         St. Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank was originally  chartered and began
operations in 1912 as St. Edmond's  Building and Loan  Association.  It became a
federally-chartered  savings bank in 1995.  The Bank's  deposits  are  federally
insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund as administered by the Federal
Deposit  Insurance  Corporation.  The Bank is  regulated by the Office of Thrift
Supervision and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.


         The  Bank  is  a  community-oriented  savings  organization,  providing
traditional retail banking services. The Bank's lending products include one- to
four-family  residential  mortgage loans (including investor loans and mixed-use
loans),  multi-family  mortgage  loans,  commercial  real estate mortgage loans,
construction loans, home equity loans,  savings account loans and other consumer
loans.  The  Bank's  primary  source  of funds  for its  lending  and  investing
activities is deposits,  with ^ an emphasis on certificates of deposit. The Bank
conducts  its  operations  through  its main  office  located  in  Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania and a branch office located in Sewell, New Jersey.


         At October 31, 2003, the Bank had total assets,  deposits, and retained
earnings of $87.4 million,  $72.3 million, and $7.7 million,  respectively.  The
Bank attracts deposits from the general public and uses these deposits primarily
to originate loans and to purchase  mortgage-backed  and other  securities.  The
principal  sources of funds for the Bank's lending and investing  activities are
deposits,  the repayment and maturity of loans and the sale, maturity,  and call
of  securities.  The  principal  source  of  income  is  interest  on loans  and
investment and  mortgage-backed  securities.  The principal  expense is interest
paid on deposits.

Market Area and Competition

         The Bank  defines its primary  market areas to include  certain  postal
codes surrounding its main office located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, with an
emphasis on the south Philadelphia  market, and certain postal codes surrounding
its branch office located in Sewell,  New Jersey. The Bank also originates loans
on real estate located within a 100 mile radius of its main office and considers
this area as within its primary market area.


         The   Philadelphia   market  is  an  urban   market  area  and  can  be
characterized  as having a blue collar  customer base,  lower average  household
incomes and lower average home prices. In comparison to the Philadelphia market,
the Sewell  market is a more  affluent  suburban  area with a more white  collar
customer  base ^,  higher  average  household  incomes and higher  average  home
prices.

                                       44



         The   Philadelphia   office  is  the  primary  office  for  the  Bank's
activities.  At October 31, 2003,  deposits at the  Philadelphia  office totaled
approximately   $68.3  million  and  deposits  at  the  Sewell  office   totaled
approximately $4.0 million.


         The  Bank's  business  of  attracting  deposits  and  making  loans  is
primarily  conducted  within its primary  market areas.  A downturn in the local
economy,  therefore,  could  reduce the amount of funds  available  for deposit,
hamper the  ability  of  borrowers  to repay  their  loans and lower  collateral
values, which would likely hurt the Bank's profitability.


         The Bank faces substantial  competition in attracting  deposits,  which
are its primary  source of funds for lending,  and in the  origination of loans.
Many of the Bank's  competitors are significantly  larger  institutions and have
greater  financial  and  managerial  resources.  The  Bank's  ability to compete
successfully is a significant factor affecting its profitability.

         The Bank's  competition  for deposits and loans  historically  has come
from other insured financial  institutions such as local and regional commercial
banks,  thrift  institutions,  and credit unions  located in the Bank's  primary
market areas.  The Bank also competes with mortgage  banking  companies for real
estate loans, and commercial banks and savings  institutions for consumer loans.
The Bank also faces  competition  for funds  from  investment  products  such as
mutual funds, short-term money funds and corporate and government securities.

Lending Activities

         General.  The Bank's loan  portfolio is primarily  comprised of one- to
four-family  residential  real estate  loans,  most of which have fixed rates of
interest.


         ^ In the  future,  the Bank  intends to grow its total  loan  portfolio
while  generally  maintaining  the same relative  percentage of each category as
they stood at October 31, 2003.

                                       45



         The  following  table  analyzes  the  composition  of the  Bank's  loan
portfolio by loan category at the dates indicated.




                                                                      At October 31,
                                                  --------------------------------------------------------
                                                          2003                          2002
                                                  --------------------------  ----------------------------
                                                     Amount        Percent         Amount         Percent
                                                     ------        -------         ------         -------
                                                                     (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                     
Type of Loans:
- --------------
Mortgage loans:

  One-to-four family(1)....................         $36,151          70.78%       $37,810          72.51%
  Multi-family..............................            466           0.91          1,289           2.47
  Commercial real estate....................          4,006           7.84          4,334           8.31
  Construction(2)...........................          1,416           2.77            151           0.29


Home equity loans...........................          8,409          16.46          7,794          14.95

Loans on savings accounts..................             473           0.93            425           0.82
Other.......................................            151           0.30            343           0.66
                                                    -------         ------        -------         ------
Total loans.................................         51,072         100.00%        52,146         100.00%
                                                                    ======                        ======
Less:
  Net deferred loan fees and
      unamortized premiums..................             79                           190
  Allowance for loan losses.................            263                           267
                                                    -------                       -------

Total loans, net............................        $50,730                       $51,689
                                                    =======                       =======

^
- ---------------------
(1)  Included in this category are lines of credit.  Also included are mixed-use
     and investor loans.
(2)  Included in this category are  participation  interests in three loans with
     an aggregate balance of $1,313,000 at October 31, 2003.


                                       46



         Loan Maturity Schedule.  The following table sets forth the maturity or
repricing of the Bank's loan portfolio at October 31, 2003.



                            One-to                                            Home    Loans
                            -four        Multi-  Commercial                  equity  on savings
                           family(1)     family  real estate   Construction  loans   accounts     Other    Total
                           ---------     ------  -----------   ------------  -----   --------     -----    -----
                                                              (In thousands)
                                                                                 
Amounts Due:
Within 1 Year ..........   $   271      $    53      $   187      $   634   $   263   $    44   $    58   $ 1,510
                           -------      -------      -------      -------   -------   -------   -------   -------

After 1 year:
  1 to 3 years .........       591          213          469          782       404       163        16     2,638
  3 to 5 years .........     1,061           --           96           --       547       266        39     2,009
  5 to 10 years ........    12,768           21        2,576           --     6,738        --        --    22,103
  10 to 15 years .......    21,096          179          678           --       457        --        38    22,448
  Over 15 years ........       364           --           --           --        --        --        --       364
                           -------      -------      -------      -------   -------   -------   -------   -------

Total due after one year    35,880          413        3,819          782     8,146       429        93    49,562
                           -------      -------      -------      -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Total amount due .......   $36,151      $   466      $ 4,006      $ 1,416   $ 8,409   $   473   $   151   $51,072
                           =======      =======      =======      =======   =======   =======   =======   =======


- ------------------------

(1)  Included in this category are lines of credit.  Also included are mixed-use
     and investor loans.


                                       47



         The  following  table  sets  forth  the  dollar  amount of all loans at
October 31, 2003 due after October 31, 2004, which have fixed interest rates and
which have floating or adjustable interest rates.


                                                       Floating or
                                    Fixed Rates      Adjustable Rates    Total
                                    -----------      ----------------    -----
                                                      (In thousands)
One-to -four family(1).........       $30,654            $5,226         $35,880
Multi-family...................           413                 -             413
Commercial real estate.........         2,892               927           3,819
Construction...................             -               782             782
Home equity loans..............         6,489             1,657           8,146
Loans on savings accounts......           429                 -             429
Other..........................            93                 -              93
                                      -------            ------         -------
  Total........................       $40,970            $8,592         $49,562
                                      =======            ======         =======
- ------------------------

- ---------------
(1)  Included in this category are lines of credit.  Also included are mixed-use
     and investor loans.

         One- To-Four Family Mortgage Loans. The Bank's primary lending activity
consists of the origination of one- to four-family  mortgage loans, the majority
of which are secured by property located in Philadelphia  County,  Pennsylvania.
Included in this category are mortgage  loans on ^ mixed-use  properties,  which
are properties that ^ combine retail or service ^ activity with up to four units
of residential  housing.  Also included in the one- to-four family  category are
home equity lines of credit.

         The Bank generally originates mortgage loans in amounts of up to 80% of
the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price of a mortgaged property, but
will also permit  loan-to-value  ratios of up to 95%. For loans exceeding an 80%
loan-to-value  ratio,  the Bank requires the borrower to obtain private mortgage
insurance  covering the Bank for any loss on the amount of the loan in excess of
80% in the event of foreclosure.  The majority of the Bank's one- to four-family
mortgage loans are originated with fixed rates ^, and generally have terms of 15
years or less,  although some have  maturities of up to 30 years.  The Bank also
offers  adjustable-rate  loans which have interest rates that adjust annually to
the yield on one-year,  three-year or five-year U.S. Treasury  securities plus a
margin.  The Bank's  adjustable-rate  loans have ^ maturities  of up to 30 years
with initial  fixed-rate  periods of one,  three or five years  according to the
terms of the loan.  The  Bank's  one and  three-year  adjustable-rate  mortgages
generally have a cap of two percentage points on rate adjustments during any one
year and  five  percentage  points  over the  life of the  loan.  The  five-year
adjustable rate loan does not have such limitations.


         The Bank  generally  makes its fixed  rate  mortgage  loans to meet the
secondary  mortgage  market  standards  of Fannie Mae.  The Bank also makes some
non-conforming loans in order to meet the needs of its community and customers.

         Substantially all of the Bank's  residential  mortgages include "due on
sale" clauses,  which are provisions giving the Bank the right to declare a loan
immediately  payable if the borrower sells or otherwise transfers an interest in
the property to a third party.  Property  appraisals on real estate securing the
Bank's  single-family  residential loans are made by state certified or licensed
independent  appraisers  approved  by the  Board of  Directors.  Appraisals  are
performed in accordance  with  applicable  regulations  and  policies.  The Bank
generally  requires title  insurance  policies on all first mortgage real estate
loans  originated.   All  property  secured  loans  require  fire  and  casualty
insurance.  Loans made on property  located in  designated  flood zones  require
minimum flood insurance coverage based on the amount of the loan.

                                       48




         Reflecting the Bank's Philadelphia market area, at October 31, 2003 and
2002, approximately $10.9 million and $12.7 million, respectively, of the Bank's
one-to-four  family  mortgage  loan  portfolio  consisted  of mortgage  loans on
nonowner-occupied  properties (investor loans),  representing 30.1% and 33.6% of
one-to-four  family  mortgage  loans and 21.5% and 24.6% of total loans.  ^ Such
loans are  generally  originated  in  amounts  of up to 75% of the lesser of the
appraised value or purchase price of a mortgaged property. These loans generally
have fixed rates and terms of up to 20 years.

         Multi-Family  and Commercial  Real Estate Loans.  The Bank originates a
limited number of commercial  real estate  mortgage  loans,  including  loans on
multi-family   dwellings,   retail/service  space,  and  other  income-producing
properties.  The Bank generally  requires no less than 25% downpayment or equity
for loans on  multi-family  properties and 30% for  non-residential  properties.
Typically  these  loans are made with fixed  rates of interest ^, terms of up to
twenty-five years and may have a balloon feature.  Essentially all of the Bank's
commercial real estate loans are within the Bank's primary market areas.


         Commercial  real  estate  loans  generally  are  considered  to  entail
significantly  greater risk than that which is involved  with single family real
estate  lending.  The  repayment  of these loans  typically  is dependent on the
successful  operations and income stream of the  commercial  real estate and the
borrower.  These risks can be significantly affected by economic conditions.  In
addition,  commercial  real  estate  lending  generally  requires  substantially
greater  evaluation and oversight  efforts  compared to residential  real estate
lending.


         Construction   Lending.   The  ^  Bank   participates   in   loans   to
builders/developers  for the construction of multi-unit or mixed-use properties.
The  Bank's  construction   lending  also  includes  loans  to  individuals  for
construction of a primary residence.  The Bank originates  construction loans in
an amount up to 75% of the appraised value for a multi-family or commercial real
estate  construction  loan, and up to 80% for a one- to four-family  residential
construction loan. The Bank typically converts construction loans to individuals
^ into  permanent  loans on  completion  of  construction  but does not  require
take-out  financing  prior  to  origination.   Essentially  all  of  the  Bank's
construction lending is in its primary market areas.

         Construction  loans  increased  to  $1,416,000  at October  31, 2003 as
compared to  $151,000  at October  31,  2002 as a result of the Bank  purchasing
participation  interests in three loans with an aggregate  balance of $1,313,000
at October  31,  2003.  The Bank's  largest  construction  loan had a balance of
approximately $634,000 at October 31, 2003,  representing a 50% participation on
the construction of a six unit townhouse  development in downtown  Philadelphia.
The other two loans  consist of a  mixed-space  project of four stores and seven
apartment units with a balance of approximately $394,000 at October 31, 2003 and
a  multi-unit  residential  housing  project  with a  balance  of  approximately
$284,000 at October 31, 2003.  The Bank will continue to consider  opportunities
to participate in construction loans if presented.


         Construction lending is generally considered to involve a higher degree
of credit risk than long-term permanent financing of residential properties. The
Bank's  risk of loss  on a  construction  loan is  dependent  largely  upon  the
accuracy  of the initial  estimate  of the  property's  value at  completion  of
construction  and  the  estimated  cost  of  construction.  If the  estimate  of
construction  cost and the  marketability of the property upon completion of the
project prove to be inaccurate,  the Bank may be compelled to advance additional
funds to  complete  the  construction.  Furthermore,  if the final  value of the
completed  property is less than the estimated amount, the value of the property
might not be  sufficient  to assure the  repayment  of the loan.  If the Bank is
forced to foreclose on a project prior to completion, there is no assurance that
it will be able to recover all of the unpaid portion of the loan and it may have
to advance  additional  amounts for  completion  and/or hold the property for an
indeterminate period of time.

                                       49




         Home Equity Loans. The Bank's home equity loan portfolio includes fixed
rate second mortgage loans with terms of up to fifteen years.  Home equity loans
are  primarily  originated  in the Bank's  primary  market areas and are made in
amounts  ^ up to 80% of  value.  The  Bank  also  offers  home  equity  loans on
investment  properties  in  addition  to loans on primary  residences.  Loans on
investment properties are made in amounts ^ up to 75% of value.


         Loans on  Savings  Accounts.  The  Bank  originates  loans on  passbook
savings accounts for terms up to five years and loans on certificates of deposit
with  the Bank  for  terms  equal to the  certificate  maturity.  The Bank  will
generally lend up to 90% of the account  balance on a savings  secured loan, not
to exceed $100,000. Amortization on such loans may be up to thirty years, with a
balloon payment on the maturity date.

         Other  Loans.  Other  loans  offered by the Bank  consist of  unsecured
consumer  loans up to a maximum of $5,000 per loan with  terms  generally  up to
five years. Such loans have fixed rates of interest.

         Consumer loans entail greater risks than  residential  mortgage  loans,
particularly consumer loans that are unsecured. Further, consumer loan repayment
is dependent on the borrower's continuing financial stability and is more likely
to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce,  illness or personal  bankruptcy.
Finally,  the application of various federal laws,  including  federal and state
bankruptcy and  insolvency  laws, may limit the amount which can be recovered on
consumer loans in the event of a default.

         Loans to One Borrower.  Under federal law, savings  institutions  have,
subject to certain exemptions, lending limits to one borrower in an amount equal
to the greater of $500,000 or 15% of the  institution's  unimpaired  capital and
surplus.  Accordingly,  as of October 31, 2003, the Bank's loans to one borrower
limit was approximately $1.2 million.


         The Bank's  largest  single  borrower  had an  aggregate  loan  balance
outstanding of approximately $842,000 at October 31, 2003, representing one loan
secured by a  residential  investment  property  and one  construction  loan for
condominiums.  The Bank's second largest  borrower had an aggregate loan balance
outstanding of approximately  $670,000 at October 31, 2003,  representing a loan
secured by his  personal  residence.  The Bank's third  largest  borrower had an
aggregate  loan balance  outstanding  of  approximately  $500,000 at October 31,
2003,  representing four loans secured by commercial real estate,  including one
commercial  property and four  mixed-use  properties,  and one loan secured by a
residential  investment  property.  The Bank's  fourth  largest  borrower had an
aggregate  loan balance  outstanding  of  approximately  $499,000 at October 31,
2003,  representing a loan secured by his personal  residence.  The Bank's fifth
largest  borrower had an aggregate  loan balance  outstanding  of  approximately
$464,000 at October 31, 2003, representing four real estate loans secured by two
commercial  properties  and three two- to four-family ^ properties in the Bank's
market areas and one loan secured by a second home. At October 31, 2003,  all of
these lending  relationships  were current and performing in accordance with the
terms of their loan agreements.

         Loan  Originations,  Purchases and  Solicitation  and  Processing.  The
Bank's  customary  sources  of  loan  applications   include  repeat  customers,
real-estate  brokers  who meet the  Bank's  underwriting  standards,  referrals,
^"walk-in"  customers,  and from  customers  responding to  advertising in local
publications.


         The Bank  generally  does  not  purchase  whole  loans.  The Bank  does
occasionally  purchase  participations  in loans originated by others.  The Bank
purchased  participations totaling $1.8 million in 2003 and did not purchase any
participations in 2002. As of October 31, 2003, the Bank's largest

                                       50



participation loan had a balance of approximately  $634,000,  representing a 50%
participation on a condominium construction project in downtown Philadelphia.

         Loan  Commitments.  The Bank gives written  commitments  to prospective
borrowers on all mortgage loans.  Generally,  the commitment requires acceptance
within sixty days of the date of the issuance.  The total amount of  commitments
to extend  credit for mortgage and  consumer  loans as of October 31, 2003,  was
approximately  $3.3  million,  including  commitments  on  lines of  credit  and
including undisbursed portions of construction loans totaling $31,000.


         Loan Approvals.  The management committee has authority to approve real
estate loans to any one borrower up to an aggregate of $300,000. Loans in excess
of $300,000 and ^ up to 10% of the Bank's unimpaired  capital may be approved by
the  Board  loan  committee.  Loans in excess  of 10% of the  Bank's  unimpaired
capital must be approved by the full Board of Directors.


Non-Performing Loans and Problem Assets


         Collection Procedures.  The borrower is notified by mail when a loan is
15 days delinquent. If the delinquency continues, subsequent efforts are made to
contact the delinquent  borrower and a second  collection notice is sent. When a
loan is ninety days  delinquent,  it is referred to an attorney for  collection.
All  reasonable  attempts  are  made to  collect  from ^ the  borrower  prior to
referral to an attorney for collection.  In certain  instances,  the Bank may at
its  determination  modify the loan to enable the  borrower  to  reorganize  his
financial affairs and the Bank attempts to work with the borrower to establish a
repayment schedule to cure the delinquency.


         As to mortgage loans, if a foreclosure  action is taken and the loan is
not  reinstated,  paid in full or  refinanced,  the property is sold at judicial
sale at which  the Bank may be the  buyer if there  are no  adequate  offers  to
satisfy the debt. Any property  acquired as the result of foreclosure or by deed
in lieu of  foreclosure  is  classified as real estate owned ("REO") until it is
sold or otherwise disposed of by the Bank. When REO is acquired,  it is recorded
at the lower of the unpaid  principal  balance of the  related  loan or its fair
market value less estimated selling costs. The initial writedown of the property
is charged to the allowance for loan losses.  Adjustments  to the carrying value
of the properties that result from  subsequent  declines in value are charged to
operations in the period in which the declines occur.

         Loans are reviewed on a regular  basis and are placed on a  non-accrual
status when they are more than ninety days delinquent.  Loans may be placed on a
non-accrual status at any time if, in the opinion of management,  the collection
of additional  interest is doubtful.  Interest  accrued and unpaid at the time a
loan is placed  on  non-accrual  status  is  charged  against  interest  income.
Subsequent  payments are either applied to the outstanding  principal balance or
recorded  as  interest  income,  depending  on the  assessment  of the  ultimate
collectibility of the loan.

                                       51



         Non-Performing   Assets.  The  following  table  provides   information
regarding the Bank's  non-performing loans and other non-performing assets as of
the end of each of the last two fiscal years.



                                                                         At
                                                                      October 31,
                                                                     2003    2002
                                                                   -------    ----
                                                             (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                      
Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:
Mortgage loans:
  One-to-four family ...........................................   $   311    $499
  Multi-family .................................................        59      --
  Commercial real estate .......................................        --      18
Home equity loans ..............................................        --      26
                                                                   -------    ----
Total ..........................................................   $   370    $543
                                                                   =======    ====

Accruing loans which are contractually past due 90 days or more:
Loans on savings accounts ......................................        12       1
Other ..........................................................        --       6
                                                                   -------    ----
Total ..........................................................   $    12    $  7
                                                                   =======    ====
Total non-performing loans .....................................   $   382    $550
                                                                   =======    ====
Real estate owned ..............................................   $    39    $ 25
                                                                   =======    ====
Other non-performing assets ....................................   $  --      $--
                                                                   =======    ====
Total non-performing assets ....................................   $   421    $575
                                                                   =======    ====
Total non-performing loans to net loans ........................      0.75%   1.06%
                                                                   =======    ====
Total non-performing loans to total assets .....................      0.44%   0.65%
                                                                   =======    ====
Total non-performing assets to total assets ....................      0.48%   0.67%
                                                                   =======    ====


         For the year ended October 31, 2003,  the amount of interest that would
have been recorded on loans accounted for on a non-accrual  basis if those loans
had been current according to the original loan agreements for the entire period
was $15,000.  This amount was not included in the Bank's interest income for the
period.  The amount of interest  income on loans  accounted for on a non-accrual
basis that was included in income during the year ended October 31, 2003 was $0.

         Classified  Assets.  Management,  in  compliance  with Office of Thrift
Supervision guidelines,  has instituted an internal loan review program, whereby
loans are classified as special mention,  substandard,  doubtful or loss. When a
loan is  classified  as  substandard  or  doubtful,  management  is  required to
establish a valuation reserve for loan losses in an amount considered prudent by
management.  When  management  classifies a portion of a loan as loss, a reserve
equal to 100% of the loss amount is required to be established or the loan is to
be charged-off.

         An asset is considered  substandard if it is inadequately  protected by
the paying capacity and net worth of the obligor or the collateral  pledged,  if
any.  Substandard assets include those characterized by the distinct possibility
that the insured  institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not
corrected.  Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in
those classified substandard,  with the added characteristic that the weaknesses
present  make  collection  or  liquidation  in  full,  highly  questionable  and
improbable,  on the basis of currently existing facts,  conditions,  and values.
Assets  classified as loss are those considered  uncollectible  and of so little
value that their continuance as assets without the

                                       52





establishment  of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.  Assets which do not
currently  expose the  insured  institution  to a  sufficient  degree of risk to
warrant  classification  in one of the  aforementioned  categories  but  possess
credit  deficiencies  or  potential  weaknesses  are  required to be  designated
special mention by management.


         Management's  classification  of assets is  reviewed  by the Board on a
monthly  basis  and by the  regulatory  agencies  as part of  their  examination
process.  The following table discloses the Bank's  classification of assets and
designation  of certain  loans as special  mention as of October  31,  2003.  At
October 31, 2003, all of the classified  assets and special  mention  designated
assets  were  loans.  At October  31,  2003,  all of the  $305,000  reported  as
substandard is included within the $382,000 of non-performing loans reported for
that same date.  At October 31,  2003,  the  allowance  for loan losses  totaled
$263,000 and $38,000 of that was recorded in connection  with the loans reported
as substandard for that same date.



                                                      At October 31,
                                                           2003
                                                      (In thousands)

Special Mention........................                     $551
Substandard............................                      305
Doubtful...............................                        -
Loss...................................                        -
                                                            ----
  Total................................                     $856
                                                            ====


         Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is a valuation
account that reflects the Bank's  evaluation of the losses known and inherent in
its loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonable to estimate  associated
both with lending  activities and particular  problem assets. The Bank maintains
the allowance  through  provisions for loan losses that are charged to income in
the period they are  established.  The Bank charges  losses on loans against the
allowance for loan losses when it believes the  collection of loan  principal is
unlikely.  Unsecured  loans  are  charged  as  loss  when  they  become  90 days
delinquent.  There is no fixed  number of days after  which  mortgage  loans are
charged off. Rather, the Bank generally  institutes  foreclosure  proceedings on
mortgage loans when they become 90 days delinquent and makes determination as to
when a mortgage  loan  should be  charged-off  based on the  sufficiency  of the
collateral for that  particular  mortgage loan.  Recoveries on loans  previously
charged-off are added back to the allowance.

         The Bank's  evaluation  of the ^  allowance  for loan  losses  includes
separate review of all loans on which the collectibility of principal may not be
reasonably  assured.  The Bank evaluates all classified  loans  individually and
bases its  determination of a loss factor on the likelihood of collectibility of
principal  including  consideration  of the value of the  underlying  collateral
securing the loan.  Larger loans,  which would  generally  include  multi-family
mortgages,  other commercial real estate loans and construction  loans, are also
generally evaluated for impairment individually.  The Bank also segregates loans
by loan category as part of its allowance  evaluation,  and evaluates homogenous
loans as a group.

         Although there may be other factors that also warrant  consideration in
maintaining  an  allowance  at a level  sufficient  to provide for  probable and
reasonably  estimable  losses,  the Bank  considers  the  following  factors  in
connection with its  determination  of ^ loss factors and as part of its overall
evaluation of the allowance for loan losses:


          o    its historical loan loss experience;

                                       53





          o    internal analysis of credit quality;
          o    general levels of non-performing loans and delinquencies;
          o    changes in loan concentrations by loan category;
          o    current estimated collateral values;
          o    evaluation  of  credit  quality   conducted  in  bank  regulatory
               examinations; and
          o    economic and market trends impacting the Bank's lending area.

         This evaluation is inherently  subjective as it requires estimates that
are susceptible to significant  revisions as more information  becomes available
or as future events  change.  Future  additions to the allowance for loan losses
may  be  necessary  if  economic  and  other  conditions  in the  future  differ
substantially from the current operating environment. In addition, the Office of
Thrift Supervision as an integral part of its examination process,  periodically
reviews the Bank's loan and  foreclosed  real estate  portfolios and the related
allowance for loan losses and valuation  allowance for  foreclosed  real estate.
The Office of Thrift  Supervision may require the Bank to increase the allowance
for loan losses or the valuation  allowance for foreclosed  real estate based on
its review of information available at the time of the examination,  which would
negatively affect the Bank's earnings.

         It is the Bank's  policy to review its loan  portfolio,  in  accordance
with  regulatory  classification  procedures,  on at  least a  quarterly  basis.
Additionally,  the Bank maintains a program of reviewing loan applications prior
to making the loan and immediately after loans are made in an effort to maintain
loan quality.

         The following table sets forth  information  with respect to the Bank's
allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated:


                                                       For the Year Ended
                                                           October 31,
                                                       ------------------
                                                        2003        2002
                                                      --------    --------
                                                     (Dollars in thousands)

Allowance balance (at beginning of period) ........   $    267    $    424
                                                      --------    --------
Provision for loan losses .........................         33          25
                                                      --------    --------

Loans charged-off:
Mortgage loans:
  One-to-four family ..............................         45         179
  Multi-family ....................................         --           9
Other .............................................          4           9
                                                      --------    --------
Total charge-offs .................................         49         197

Recoveries:
Mortgage loans ....................................         --          --
Other .............................................         12          15
                                                      --------    --------
Total recoveries ..................................         12          15
                                                      --------    --------
Net (charge-offs) recoveries ......................        (37)       (182)
                                                      --------    --------
Allowance balance (at end of period) ..............   $    263    $    267
                                                      ========    ========

Total loans outstanding ...........................   $ 51,072    $ 52,146
                                                      ========    ========


                                       54






Average loans outstanding..........................   $ 49,785    $ 55,382
                                                      ========    ========
Allowance for loan losses as a percent
   of total loans outstanding......................       0.51%       0.51%
                                                      ========    ========
Net loans charged off as a percent of
   average loans outstanding.......................       0.07%       0.33%
                                                      ========    ========

         Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth
the allocation of the Bank's  allowance for loan losses by loan category and the
percent of loans in each category to total loans  receivable,  net, at the dates
indicated.  The  portion  of the loan  loss  allowance  allocated  to each  loan
category  does not  represent  the total  available  for future losses which may
occur  within  the loan  category  since the  total  loan  loss  allowance  is a
valuation reserve applicable to the entire loan portfolio.


                                                   At October 31,
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                          2003                  2002
                                   --------------------    -------------------
                                            Percent of             Percent of
                                             Loans to               Loans to
                                   Amount   Total Loans    Amount  Total Loans
                                   ------   -----------    ------  -----------
                                                (Dollars in thousands)
At end of period allocated to:
Mortgage loans:
  One-to-four family.............    $193       70.78%      $211       72.51%
  Multi-family...................       4        0.91          3        2.47
  Commercial real estate.........      32        7.84         33        8.31
  Construction...................      10        2.77          1        0.29
Home equity loans................      17       16.46         10       14.95
Loans on savings accounts........       -        0.93          -        0.82
Other............................       7        0.30          9        0.66
                                     ----      ------       ----      ------
Total allowance..................    $263      100.00%      $267      100.00%
                                     ====      ======       ====      ======

Investment Activities

         General. Federally chartered savings banks have the authority to invest
in various  types of liquid  assets,  including  United  States  Government  and
government  agency  obligations,  securities  of various  federal  agencies  and
government-sponsored    entities   (including   securities   collateralized   by
mortgages),  certificates of deposits of insured banks and savings institutions,
municipal securities and corporate debt securities.

         SFAS No. 115,  "Accounting  for Certain  Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities,"  requires  that  securities be  categorized  as "held to maturity,"
"trading securities" or "available for sale," based on management's intent as to
the ultimate  disposition of each security.  SFAS No. 115 allows debt securities
to be classified  as "held to maturity" and reported in financial  statements at
amortized cost only if the reporting  entity has the positive intent and ability
to hold these securities to maturity.  Securities that might be sold in response
to changes in market interest rates, changes in the security's  prepayment risk,
increases in loan demand, or other similar factors cannot be classified as "held
to maturity."

         The Bank does not currently use or maintain a trading account. Debt and
equity  securities  not  classified  as "held to  maturity"  are  classified  as
"available  for  sale."  These  securities  are  reported  at  fair  value,  and
unrealized  gains and losses on the  securities  are excluded  from earnings and
reported, net of deferred taxes, as a separate component of equity.

                                       55



         All of the Bank's  securities carry market risk insofar as increases in
market rates of interest may cause a decrease in their market value. Investments
in  securities  are made  based on certain  considerations,  which  include  the
interest rate, tax  considerations,  yield,  settlement date and maturity of the
security, the Bank's liquidity position, and anticipated cash needs and sources.
The effect  that the  proposed  security  would  have on the  Bank's  credit and
interest rate risk and risk-based capital is also considered. The Bank purchases
securities to provide necessary  liquidity for day-to-day  operations,  and when
investable funds exceed loan demand.


         The investment policy of the Bank, which is established by the Board of
Directors,  is designed to foster earnings and liquidity within prudent interest
rate  risk  guidelines,  while  complementing  the  Bank's  lending  activities.
Generally, the Bank's investment policy is to invest funds in various categories
of  securities  and   maturities   based  upon  the  Bank's   liquidity   needs,
asset/liability  management  policies,  investment  quality,  marketability  and
performance  objectives.  Investment  authority  is  held by the  President  and
Executive  Vice  President/Chief  Financial  Officer,  individually,  up to $2.0
million  and  jointly up to $5.0  million.  All  investments  greater  than $5.0
million must be approved by the Board. The Board of Directors reviews the Bank's
securities portfolio on a monthly basis.


         The Bank's investment  policy does not permit  participation in hedging
programs,  interest  rate  swaps,  or  other  activities  involving  the  use of
off-balance  sheet  derivative  financial   instruments.   Further,  the  Bank's
investment  policy does not permit  investment in securities which are not rated
investment grade 'A' or higher.

         The various  obligations held in the Bank's  securities  portfolio have
varying  characteristics  as to rate,  maturity  and call  provisions.  Expected
maturities will differ from contractual  maturities due to scheduled  repayments
and because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay  obligations with and
without prepayment  penalties.  Callable securities totaled  approximately $14.9
million at October 31, 2003, and the Bank's investment yield could be reduced if
these securities are called prior to maturity.

         Mortgage-backed  Securities.  Mortgage-backed  securities  represent  a
participation  interest  in a  pool  of  one-  to  four-family  or  multi-family
mortgages,   although  the  Bank  focuses  its  investments  on  mortgage-backed
securities secured by one- to four-family mortgages.

         The mortgage  originators use  intermediaries  (generally United States
Government agencies and government-sponsored  enterprises) to pool and repackage
the  participation  interests in the form of securities,  with investors such as
the Bank receiving the principal and interest  payments on the  mortgages.  Such
United States Government agencies and government-sponsored enterprises guarantee
the payment of principal and interest to investors.

         Mortgage-backed  securities are typically  issued with stated principal
amounts,  and the  securities  are backed by pools of mortgages  that have loans
with  interest  rates  that  are  within  a  specific  range  and  have  varying
maturities.   The  life  of  a   mortgage-backed   pass-through   security  thus
approximates the life of the underlying  mortgages.  The  characteristics of the
underlying pool of mortgages,  i.e.,  fixed-rate or adjustable-rate,  as well as
prepayment  risk,  are  passed  on to the  certificate  holder.  Mortgage-backed
securities are generally referred to as mortgage  participation  certificates or
pass-through   certificates.   The  Bank's  mortgage-backed  securities  consist
primarily of securities issued by the Government National Mortgage  Association,
Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. Mortgage-backed securities generally yield less than
the  mortgage  loans  underlying  such  securities   because  of  their  payment
guarantees  or  credit  enhancements  which  offer  nominal  credit  risk to the
security holder.

                                       56



Securities Portfolio

         The  following  table  sets  forth  the  carrying  value of the  Bank's
investment and mortgage-backed  securities portfolio at the dates indicated.  At
the dates indicated, the Bank had no securities classified as held-to-maturity.


                                                    At October 31,
                                                 ------------------
                                                    2003      2002
                                                  -------   -------
                                                    (In thousands)

Securities Available for Sale (at fair value):
Mortgage-backed securities ....................   $10,933   $17,523
U.S. government agency securities .............    13,482     4,779
Municipal securities ..........................     2,741     1,012
Mutual funds ..................................       181       178
                                                  -------   -------
 Total securities available for sale ..........   $27,337   $23,492
                                                  =======   =======

                                       57



         Carrying Values, Yields and Maturities.  The following table sets forth
certain information  regarding the carrying values,  weighted average yields and
maturities of the Bank's investment and mortgage-backed  securities portfolio at
October 31, 2003.



                                                                  At October 31, 2003
                             -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        More than
                              One Year or Less  One to Five Years Five to Ten Years     Ten Years       Total Investment Securities
                             ------------------ ----------------- ------------------ ----------------  -----------------------------
                             Carrying  Average  Carrying Average  Carrying   Average Carrying Average  Carrying Average    Market
                              Value     Yield    Value    Yield     Value     Yield    Value   Yield    Value    Yield      Value
                             -------   -------  -------  -------   -------   -------  ------- -------  -------  -------    ------
                                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                        
Mortgage-backed securities..  $   -         -%  $   74     8.00%  $     -         -% $10,859    4.99% $10,933    4.99%    $10,933

U.S. government agency
   securities...............      -         -      976     4.30     2,215      3.89   10,291    4.08   13,482     4.06     13,482

Municipal securities........      -         -      457     3.74     2,004      3.73      280    6.50    2,741     3.99      2,741

Mutual funds................    181      2.09        -        -         -         -        -       -      181     2.12        181
                              -----      ----   -------    ----   -------      ----  -------    ----  -------    ----     -------

  Total.....................  $ 181      2.09%  $ 1,507    4.31%  $ 4,219      3.81% $21,430    4.57% $27,337    4.41%    $27,337
                              =====      ====   =======    ====   =======      ====  =======    ====  =======    ====     =======


                                       58



Sources of Funds

         General.  Deposits are the major source of the Bank's funds for lending
and other investment purposes. In addition, the Bank derives funds from loan and
mortgage-backed securities principal repayments, and proceeds from the maturity,
call and sale of  mortgage-backed  securities and investment  securities.  While
scheduled loan and  mortgage-backed  securities payments are a relatively stable
source  of  funds,  deposit  inflows  and  loan and  mortgage-backed  securities
prepayments  are  significantly  influenced by general  interest rates and money
market conditions.  Borrowings (principally from the FHLB) are also periodically
used to supplement the amount of funds for lending and investment.


         Deposits.   Deposits  are   obtained   primarily   from   residents  of
Philadelphia County,  Pennsylvania,  and to a lesser degree,  Gloucester County,
New Jersey. Historically,  the Bank has used traditional methods of advertising,
including  print  media,   direct  mail  and  inserts   included  with  customer
statements,  however, it relies primarily on its reputation in the community and
referrals to attract new customers and deposits.  The Bank has from time to time
utilized  the  services of deposit  brokers but does not  currently  do so. At ^
October 31, 2003, brokered deposits totalled $1.1 million. The Bank occasionally
offers premiums or incentives for opening accounts.


         The Bank's  determination  of interest  rates is based upon a number of
factors,  including: (1) the Bank's need for funds based on loan demand, current
maturities  of  deposits  and other cash flow needs;  (2) a current  survey of a
selected  group of  competitors'  rates for  similar  products;  (3) the  Bank's
current  cost of funds and its yield on assets;  and (4) the  alternate  cost of
funds on a wholesale  basis, in particular the cost of borrowings from the FHLB.
Interest rates are reviewed and set by management weekly.

         The  Bank has a high  percentage  of  certificates  of  deposit  in its
deposit  portfolio  (71.6% at October,  31, 2003). The Bank's liquidity could be
reduced if a significant  amount of certificates  of deposit,  maturing within a
short  period  of  time,  were  not  renewed.  A  significant   portion  of  the
certificates  of deposit  remain  with the Bank  after they  mature and the Bank
believes  that this  will  continue.  However,  the need to  retain  these  time
deposits could result in an increase in the Bank's cost of funds.


         Deposit   accounts  are  summarized  at  October  31,  2003  and  2002,
respectively, as follows:



                                           2003                   2002
                                   --------------------- -----------------------
                                     Amount        %       Amount          %
                                   ---------  ---------- -----------   ---------

                                              (Dollars in thousands)
Non interest-bearing demand....    ^ $2,890        4.0%     ^ $2,479        3.5%
NOW accounts...................     ^ 3,232        4.5       ^ 2,362        3.4
Money market deposit...........     ^ 4,613        6.5       ^ 3,886        5.6
Savings........................     ^ 9,683       13.4       ^ 8,569       12.2
                                    -------      -----       -------      -----
                                   ^ 20,418       28.4      ^ 17,296       24.7
                                    -------      -----       -------      -----
Time certificates of deposit:
  0.90 - 2.00%.................    ^ 13,400       18.5         ^ 101        0.1
  2.01 - 4.00%.................    ^ 18,534       25.6      ^ 26,451       37.8
  4.01 - 6.00%.................    ^ 18,953       26.2      ^ 24,927       35.6
  6.01 - 8.00%.................       ^ 968        1.3       ^ 1,240        1.8
                                    -------      -----       -------      -----
                                   ^ 51,855       71.6      ^ 52,719       75.3
                                    -------      -----       -------      -----
    Total.....................   ^ $72,273      100.0%    ^ $70,015      100.0%
                                    =======      =====       =======      =====


                                       59


         The scheduled  maturities of time certificates of deposit as of October
31, 2003 are as follows (in thousands):



Within one year..........................................        ^$21,717
Beyond one year but within two years.....................        ^  6,186
Beyond two years but within three years..................        ^  6,476
Beyond three years but within four years.................        ^  6,563
Beyond four years but within five years..................        ^ 10,913
                                                                  -------
         Total...........................................        ^$51,855
                                                                  =======

         Included in the above table are five year  certificates of deposit that
have provisions  which allow  depositors to withdraw funds without  incurring an
early  withdrawal  penalty.  At October 31, 2003,  such  certificates of deposit
totaled $24,241,000. The Bank no longer offers certificates of deposit with this
no-penalty provision.  At October 31, 2003, the weighted average rate was 3.805%
and the scheduled  maturities on these  certificates of deposit were as follows:
$3,722,000  within  one year;  $4,036,000  beyond one year but within two years;
$4,360,000  beyond two years but within  three  years;  $4,722,000  beyond three
years but within four years;  and  $7,400,000  beyond four years but within five
years.


         The  following  table  shows the amount of the Bank's  certificates  of
deposit of $100,000 or more by time  remaining  until maturity as of October 31,
2003.


                                                     Certificates of Deposits
                                                     ------------------------
Maturity Period                                           (In thousands)
- ---------------

Within three months.............................               $1,579
Three through six months........................                  778
Six through twelve months.......................                1,396
Over twelve months..............................                5,331
                                                               ------

     Total......................................               $9,084(1)
                                                               ======

- --------------------

o        Includes  $4,067,000  of five-year  certificates  of deposit that allow
         depositors to withdraw funds without penalty.


         Borrowings.  Deposits  are the  primary  source of funds of the  Bank's
lending and investment  activities and for its general  business  purposes.  The
Bank, as the need arises or in order to take advantage of funding opportunities,
borrows funds in the form of borrowings  from the FHLB to supplement  its supply
of lendable funds and to meet deposit withdrawal  requirements.  Borrowings from
the FHLB are typically  secured by the Bank's stock in the FHLB and a portion of
the Bank's residential mortgage loans and may be secured by other assets, mainly
securities which are obligations of or guaranteed by the U.S. Government.

                                       60




         Maturities  of ^ FHLB  borrowings  at ^  October  31,  2003  and  2002,
respectively, are summarized as follows:



                            2003                            2002
                   -------------------------     -------------------------------
Year Ending                       Weighted-                       Weighted-
October 31,          Amount     Average Rate          Amount    Average Rate
- -----------          ------     ------------          ------    ------------

                               (Dollars in thousands)
    2003            $     -             -         $     ^ 57        2.04%
    2004            ^ 4,061         1.38%            ^ 4,061        6.47%
    2005               ^ 65         6.47%               ^ 65        6.47%
    2006               ^ 11         6.47%               ^ 11        6.47%
    2008            ^ 1,500         6.24%            ^ 1,500        6.24%
    2010            ^ 1,000         5.91%            ^ 1,000        5.91%
                    -------                          -------
                   ^ $6,637         3.22%           ^ $6,694        3.65%
                      =====                            =====

         See Note 7 of the notes to the  consolidated  financial  statements for
more information regarding the Bank's borrowings.


Subsidiary Activity

         The Bank is permitted to invest its assets in the capital  stock of, or
originate secured or unsecured loans to, subsidiary  corporations.  The Bank has
one inactive service corporation.

Personnel


         As of October 31, 2003,  the Bank had ^ 21 full-time  employees and two
part-time  employees.   The  employees  are  not  represented  by  a  collective
bargaining  unit.  The Bank believes its  relationship  with its employees to be
satisfactory.


Properties and Equipment

         The Bank's  main  office is located at 1901-03  East  Passyunk  Avenue,
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.  The Bank uses an outside  service  company for its
data processing.

         The  following  table sets forth the location of the Bank's main office
and branch  office,  the year the offices  were opened and the net book value of
each office and its related equipment.


                                 Year Facility  Leased or    Net Book Value at
Office Location                     Opened        Owned      October 31, 2003
- ---------------                     ------        -----      ----------------

Main Office
1901-03 E. Passyunk Avenue           1991         Owned           $1,057,500
Philadelphia, PA  19148


Washington Township Branch(1)
438 Ganttown Road
Suite 1-A
Sewell, NJ  08080                    1996         Owned          $    91,500

- -----------------
(1) The Bank may relocate this office to a new site.


                                       61



Legal Proceedings

         The Bank,  from time to time, is a party to routine  litigation,  which
arises in the normal  course of  business,  such as claims to enforce  liens and
other  issues  incident  to the  business  of the Bank.  There were no  lawsuits
pending or known to be  contemplated  against  the Bank at October 31, 2003 that
would have a material effect on our operations or income.

                                   REGULATION

         Set forth below is a brief  description  of certain laws that relate to
the  regulation  of the Bank and SE Financial  Corp.  The  description  does not
purport  to be  complete  and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to
applicable laws and  regulations.  The Bank and SE Financial Corp.  operate in a
highly  regulated  industry.  This  regulation  and  supervision  establishes  a
comprehensive framework of activities in which a federal savings institution may
engage and is intended  primarily for the  protection  of the deposit  insurance
fund and depositors.

         Any change in applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, whether
by the Office of Thrift Supervision,  the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation
or the  United  State  Congress,  could  have a  material  adverse  impact on SE
Financial Corp. and St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank, and their operations. The
adoption of regulations or the enactment of laws that restrict the operations of
St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank and/or SE Financial Corp. or impose burdensome
requirements upon one or both of them could reduce their profitability and could
impair the value of the Bank's  franchise,  resulting in negative effects on the
trading price of SE Financial Corp. common stock.

Regulation of SE Financial Corp.

         General.  Upon  completion of the  conversion,  SE Financial Corp. will
become a savings and loan holding company within the meaning of Section 10(o) of
the Home Owners' Loan Act. It will be required to register as a savings and loan
holding company and file reports with the Office of Thrift  Supervision and will
be subject to regulation and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision. In
addition,  the Office of Thrift Supervision will have enforcement authority over
SE Financial  Corp.  and any  non-savings  institution  subsidiaries.  This will
permit the Office of Thrift Supervision to restrict or prohibit  activities that
it  determines  to be a serious risk to the Bank.  This  regulation  is intended
primarily for the  protection of the  depositors and not for the benefit of you,
as stockholders of SE Financial Corp.

         Activities  Restrictions.  As a savings and loan  holding  company,  SE
Financial Corp. will be subject to statutory and regulatory  restrictions on its
business  activities.  The  nonbanking  activities  of SE  Financial  Corp.  are
restricted  to  certain  activities  specified  by Office of Thrift  Supervision
regulation,  which include performing  services and holding properties used by a
savings  institution  subsidiary,  activities  authorized  for  savings and loan
holding companies as of March 5, 1987, and nonbanking activities permissible for
bank  holding  companies  pursuant  to the Bank  Holding  Company Act of 1956 or
authorized for financial  holding companies  pursuant to the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley
Act. Before engaging in any non-banking  activity or acquiring a company engaged
in any such  activities,  SE Financial Corp. must file with the Office of Thrift
Supervision  either a prior  notice  of (in the case of  non-banking  activities
permissible  for bank holding  companies) an  application  regarding its planned
activity or acquisition.

         Mergers and Acquisitions.  SE Financial Corp. must obtain approval from
the Office of Thrift  Supervision  before  acquiring  more than 5% of the voting
stock of another  savings  institution  or savings and loan  holding  company or
acquiring such an institution or holding company by merger, consolidation

                                       62



or purchase of its assets.  In evaluating an application  for SE Financial Corp.
to acquire control of a savings  institution,  the Office of Thrift  Supervision
would consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of SE
Financial Corp. and the target institution, the effect of the acquisition on the
risk to the  insurance  funds,  the  convenience  and the needs of the community
(including St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank's record of performance  under the
Community Reinvestment Act) and competitive factors.

         Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. On July 30, 2002, the President signed into
law the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Act"),  which implemented  legislative
reforms intended to address  corporate and accounting  fraud. In addition to the
establishment  of a new accounting  oversight board that will enforce  auditing,
quality control and  independence  standards and will be funded by fees from all
publicly traded companies,  the Act places certain  restrictions on the scope of
services that may be provided by accounting  firms to their public company audit
clients.  Any non-audit services being provided to a public company audit client
will require preapproval by the company's audit committee.  In addition, the Act
makes certain changes to the requirements for partner rotation after a period of
time. The Act requires chief executive officers and chief financial officers, or
their equivalent,  to certify to the accuracy of periodic reports filed with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission,  subject to civil and criminal penalties if
they knowingly or willingly violate this certification requirement. In addition,
under the Act,  counsel  will be  required  to  report  evidence  of a  material
violation of the  securities  laws or a breach of fiduciary duty by a company to
its chief  executive  officer or its chief legal  officer,  and, if such officer
does not appropriately  respond,  to report such evidence to the audit committee
or other similar committee of the board of directors or the board itself.

         Under the Act,  longer prison terms will apply to corporate  executives
who violate  federal  securities  laws; the period during which certain types of
suits can be brought against a company or its officers is extended;  and bonuses
issued  to  top  executives  prior  to  restatement  of  a  company's  financial
statements  are now  subject  to  disgorgement  if such  restatement  was due to
corporate misconduct. Executives are also prohibited from insider trading during
retirement plan "blackout" periods,  and loans to company executives (other than
loans by financial  institutions permitted by federal rules and regulations) are
restricted.  In addition, a provision directs that civil penalties levied by the
Securities and Exchange Commission as a result of any judicial or administrative
action under the Act be deposited to a fund for the benefit of harmed investors.
The Federal  Accounts  for  Investor  Restitution  provision  also  requires the
Securities and Exchange  Commission to develop  methods of improving  collection
rates.  The  legislation  accelerates  the time frame for  disclosures by public
companies,  as they must  immediately  disclose  any  material  changes in their
financial  condition or operations.  Directors and executive  officers must also
provide  information  for most changes in  ownership  in a company's  securities
within two business days of the change.

         The  Act  also  increases  the  oversight  of,  and  codifies   certain
requirements  relating  to audit  committees  of public  companies  and how they
interact with the company's "registered public accounting firm." Audit Committee
members must be independent and are absolutely barred from accepting consulting,
advisory or other compensatory fees from the issuer. In addition, companies must
disclose  whether at least one member of the  committee is a "financial  expert"
(as such term will be defined by the Securities and Exchange  Commission) and if
not, why not. Under the Act, a company's  registered public accounting firm will
be prohibited from performing  statutorily mandated audit services for a company
if such company's chief executive officer, chief financial officer, comptroller,
chief accounting officer or any person serving in equivalent  positions had been
employed by such firm and  participated  in the audit of such company during the
one-year period  preceding the audit initiation date. The Act also prohibits any
officer  or  director  of a  company  or any other  person  acting  under  their
direction from taking any action to fraudulently influence,  coerce,  manipulate
or mislead any independent accountant engaged in the audit

                                       63



of the company's financial statements for the purpose of rendering the financial
statements  materially  misleading.  The Act also  requires the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  to  prescribe  rules  requiring  inclusion of any internal
control   report  and   assessment   by  management  in  the  annual  report  to
shareholders.  The Act requires the company's  registered public accounting firm
that issues the audit report to attest to and report on management's  assessment
of the company's internal controls.

Regulation of St. Edmond's Federal Savings

         General.   As  a  federally   chartered,   Federal  Deposit   Insurance
Corporation-insured  savings bank, St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank is subject
to  extensive  regulation  by the Office of Thrift  Supervision  and the Federal
Deposit Insurance  Corporation.  This regulatory  structure gives the regulatory
authorities  extensive  discretion  in  connection  with their  supervisory  and
enforcement  activities and examination  policies,  including policies regarding
the classification of assets and the level of the allowance for loan losses. The
activities  of  federal  savings  banks are  subject  to  extensive  regulation,
including  restrictions or  requirements  with respect to loans to one borrower,
percentages of certain types of loans and  investments to total assets,  capital
distributions,   permissible  investments  and  lending  activities,  liquidity,
transactions with affiliates and community  reinvestment.  Federal savings banks
are also subject to reserve  requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve System.
St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank's  relationship  with its  depositors  and
borrowers is also  regulated by federal law,  especially  in such matters as the
ownership of savings  accounts  and the form and content of the Bank's  mortgage
documents.

         St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank must file reports with the Office of
Thrift Supervision and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation  concerning its
activities and financial  condition,  and must obtain regulatory approvals prior
to entering into certain  transactions  such as mergers with or  acquisitions of
other financial institutions.  Any change in applicable statutory and regulatory
requirements,  whether by the Office of Thrift Supervision,  the Federal Deposit
Insurance  Corporation  or the  United  States  Congress,  could have a material
adverse impact on SE Financial Corp. and St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank, and
their operations.


         Supervisory  Agreements.  The  Office of Thrift  Supervision  regularly
examines St. Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank and prepares  reports to the Bank's
Board of Directors on deficiencies, if any, found in its operations. Based on an
examination  of the  Bank  commenced  in  August  2001,  the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision  concluded  that the Bank had engaged in acts and practices that (i)
had resulted in violations of laws and  regulations to which the Bank is subject
and/or (ii) were considered by the Office of Thrift Supervision to be unsafe and
unsound. ^ The Office of Thrift Supervision had concerns regarding  oversight of
the Bank by the Board and management, citing the failure to establish and update
appropriate  policies  for the Bank's  operations  and failure to  establish  an
internal  audit program.  Additionally,  the Office of Thrift  Supervision^  had
concerns  regarding  asset quality,  in particular the Bank's  underwriting  and
credit  administration  and  monitoring  of  the  one-to-four  family  non-owner
mortgage loan portfolio (investor loans).

         As a result of this  determination by the Office of Thrift  Supervision
^, the Bank  entered  into a  supervisory  agreement  with the  Office of Thrift
Supervision in February 2002. The Bank operated under such agreement  until ^ it
was terminated on December 10, 2003^ following the  determination  by the Office
of Thrift Supervision that the Bank was in compliance, in all material respects,
with the  directives  the Office of Thrift  Supervision  had made to the Bank in
supervisory  agreement.  The Bank's  loan  originations  and asset  growth  were
restricted  while it was operating under such agreement.  In addition,  the Bank
was subject to a Safety and Soundness  Compliance  Plan from May 2001 to October
31, 2003.

                                       64



         Insurance  of  Deposit   Accounts.   The  Federal   Deposit   Insurance
Corporation  administers two separate deposit  insurance funds.  Generally,  the
Bank Insurance Fund (the "BIF") insures the deposits of commercial banks and the
SAIF ("SAIF") insures the deposits of savings institutions.  The Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation is authorized to increase deposit insurance premiums if it
determines such increases are appropriate to maintain the reserves of either the
SAIF or BIF or to fund  the  administration  of the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation.   In  addition,   the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  is
authorized to levy emergency special assessments on BIF and SAIF members.

         In  addition,   all  Federal  Deposit   Insurance   Corporation-insured
institutions  are required to pay assessments to the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  to  fund  interest  payments  on  bonds  issued  by  the  Financing
Corporation, an agency of the federal government established to recapitalize the
predecessor to the Savings  Association  Insurance Fund. These  assessments will
continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2019.

         Regulatory Capital  Requirements.  Office of Thrift Supervision capital
regulations  require savings  institutions to meet three capital standards:  (1)
tangible capital equal to 1.5% of total adjusted assets,  (2) "Tier 1" or "core"
capital  equal to at least 4% (3% if the  institution  has  received the highest
possible rating on its most recent  examination) of total adjusted  assets,  and
(3)  risk-based  capital  equal to 8% of  total  risk-weighted  assets.  For St.
Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank's  compliance  with  these  regulatory  capital
standards, see Historical and Pro Forma Capital Compliance on page ___.

         In  addition,  the  Office of Thrift  Supervision  may  require  that a
savings institution that has a risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%, a ratio
of Tier 1 capital to  risk-weighted  assets of less than 4% or a ratio of Tier 1
capital  to total  adjusted  assets of less than 4% (3% if the  institution  has
received the highest rating on its most recent  examination) take certain action
to  increase  its  capital  ratios.  If the  savings  institution's  capital  is
significantly  below  the  minimum  required  levels  of  capital  or  if  it is
unsuccessful in increasing its capital ratios,  the Office of Thrift Supervision
may restrict its activities.

         Tier  1 is  defined  as  common  stockholders'  equity,  non-cumulative
perpetual preferred stock and related surplus,  minority interests in the equity
accounts of consolidated  subsidiaries and certain non-withdrawable accounts and
pledged deposits of mutual savings banks. St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank does
not have any active subsidiaries, non-withdrawable accounts or pledged deposits.
Tier 1 capital is reduced by an institution's  intangible  assets,  with limited
exceptions  for certain  servicing  rights,  interest-only  strips and purchased
credit card relationships.  Tier 1 capital is further reduced by an amount equal
to the savings  institution's  debt and equity  investments in  "non-includable"
subsidiaries  engaged in activities not permissible  for national  banks,  other
than subsidiaries engaged in activities  undertaken as agent for customers or in
mortgage banking activities and subsidiaries that are depository institutions or
their holding companies.

         Total capital equals the sum of Tier 1 and supplementary  capital.  The
components  of  supplementary  capital  include,  among other items,  cumulative
perpetual preferred stock,  perpetual  subordinated debt, mandatory  convertible
subordinated  debt,  intermediate-term  preferred  stock, the allowance for loan
losses not  designated  for specific  loan losses (up to 1.25% of  risk-weighted
assets)  and  up to 45% of  unrealized  gains  on  equity  securities.  Overall,
supplementary  capital is limited to 100% of Tier 1  capital.  For  purposes  of
determining  total capital,  a savings  institution's  assets are reduced by the
amount of capital instruments held by other depository  institutions pursuant to
reciprocal   arrangements  and  by  the  amount  of  the  institution's   equity
investments (other than those deducted from Tier 1 and tangible capital) and its
high loan-to-value  ratio land loans and  non-residential  construction loans. A
savings  institution's   risk-based  capital  requirement  is  measured  against
risk-weighted assets, which equal the sum

                                       65



of  each  on-balance-sheet  asset  and  the  credit-equivalent  amount  of  each
off-balance-sheet  item after being multiplied by an assigned risk weight. These
risk  weights  range  from 0% for cash to 100% for  delinquent  loans,  property
acquired through foreclosure, commercial loans, and certain other assets.


         Prompt  Corrective  Regulatory  Action.  Under  the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision  Prompt  Corrective  Action   regulations,   the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision is required to take  supervisory  actions  against  undercapitalized
institutions^.  For  this  purpose,  a  savings  bank  is  placed  in one of the
following five categories based on the bank's capital:

o    well-capitalized  (at  least  5%  leverage  capital,  6% tier 1  risk-based
     capital ^ and 10% total risk-based capital);

o    adequately  capitalized (at least 3% leverage capital, 4% tier 1 risk-based
     capital and 8% total risk-based capital);

o    undercapitalized  (less  than  8%  total  risk-based  capital,  4%  tier  1
     risk-based capital or 3% leverage capital);

o    significantly  undercapitalized  (less than 6% total risk-based capital, 3%
     tier 1 risk-based capital or 3% leverage capital); and

o    critically undercapitalized^ (less than 2% tangible capital).

         Generally,  the banking  regulator is required to appoint a receiver or
conservator  for an  institution  that  is  "critically  undercapitalized."  The
regulation also provides that a capital  restoration plan must be filed with the
Office of Thrift  Supervision  within forty-five days of the date an institution
receives notice that it is "undercapitalized,"  "significantly undercapitalized"
or  "critically  undercapitalized."  A capital  restoration  plan must disclose,
among  other  things,  the  steps an  insured  institution  will  take to become
adequately  capitalized  without  appreciably  increasing  the risk to which the
institution is exposed. In addition,  each company that controls the institution
must  guarantee  that the  institution  will  comply  with the  plan  until  the
institution  has been  adequately  capitalized  on average  during  each of four
consecutive  calendar  quarters.  Such guarantee  could have a material  adverse
affect on the  financial  condition of such  guarantor.  In  addition,  numerous
mandatory supervisory actions become immediately  applicable to the institution,
including,  but not limited to, restrictions on growth,  investment  activities,
capital  distributions,   and  affiliate  transactions.  The  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision  may  also  take any one of a number  of  discretionary  supervisory
actions  against  undercapitalized  institutions,  including  the  issuance of a
capital  directive  and  the  replacement  of  senior  executive   officers  and
directors.  If the institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated
as  if  it  were   "significantly   undercapitalized."   Institutions  that  are
significantly  or  critically  undercapitalized  are subject to a wider range of
regulatory requirements and restrictions.


         Dividend  and Other  Capital  Distribution  Limitations.  The Office of
Thrift Supervision  imposes various  restrictions or requirements on the ability
of savings institutions to make capital distributions, including cash dividends.

         A  savings  institution  that is a  subsidiary  of a  savings  and loan
holding  company,  as St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank will be following the
conversion,  must  file an  application  or a notice  with the  Office of Thrift
Supervision at least thirty days before making a capital distribution. A savings
institution   must  file  an  application   for  prior  approval  of  a  capital
distribution if: (i) it is not eligible for expedited treatment

                                       66



under the  applications  processing  rules of the Office of Thrift  Supervision;
(ii) the total  amount of all  capital  distributions,  including  the  proposed
capital  distribution,  for the applicable  calendar year would exceed an amount
equal to the  savings  institution's  net  income for that year to date plus the
institution's  retained net income for the preceding  two years;  (iii) it would
not  adequately  be  capitalized  after the  capital  distribution;  or (iv) the
distribution would violate an agreement with the Office of Thrift Supervision or
applicable regulations.

         The Office of Thrift  Supervision  may  disapprove  a notice or deny an
application for a capital  distribution if: (i) the savings institution would be
undercapitalized  following the capital distribution;  (ii) the proposed capital
distribution  raises  safety  and  soundness  concerns;  or  (iii)  the  capital
distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or
agreement.   In  addition,  a  federal  savings  institution  cannot  distribute
regulatory capital that is required for its liquidation account.


         In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that an insured
depository  institution  shall not make a capital  distribution if, after making
such distribution, the institution would be undercapitalized.

         St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank will be required to file a capital
distribution  notice or application with the Office of Thrift Supervision before
paying  any  dividend  to SE  Financial  Corp.  ^  Capital  distributions  by SE
Financial Corp., as a savings and loan holding  company,  will not be subject to
the Office of Thrift  Supervision  capital  distribution  rules,  except that SE
Financial Corp. will be restricted by Office of Thrift  Supervision  regulations
from paying a cash dividend to its stockholders during the three years following
the conversion  (the term of the business plan submitted to the Office of Thrift
Supervision  in  connection  with the  Bank's  conversion  application)  if such
dividend would constitute a return of capital.

         Qualified Thrift Lender Test. Federal savings  institutions must meet a
qualified  thrift  lender  ("QTL")  test or they become  subject to the business
activity  restrictions  and branching  rules  applicable to national  banks.  To
qualify as a QTL, a savings  institution  must  either (i) be deemed a "domestic
building and loan association" under the Internal Revenue Code by maintaining at
least 60% of its total  assets in  specified  types of assets,  including  cash,
certain  government  securities,  loans  secured by and other assets  related to
residential real property,  educational loans and investments in premises of the
institution or (ii) satisfy the statutory QTL test set forth in the Home Owners'
Loan Act by  maintaining  at least  65% of its  "portfolio  assets"  in  certain
"Qualified Thrift  Investments"  (defined to include  residential  mortgages and
related equity investments,  certain mortgage-related securities, small business
loans,  student  loans and  credit  card  loans,  and 50% of  certain  community
development loans). For purposes of the statutory QTL test, portfolio assets are
defined  as  total  assets  minus  intangible  assets,   property  used  by  the
institution  in conducting  its business and liquid assets equal to 20% of total
assets.  A savings  institution  must  maintain its status as a QTL on a monthly
basis in at least nine out of every twelve months.  St. Edmond's Federal Savings
Bank  met the QTL test as of  October  31,  2003 and in each of the last  twelve
months and, therefore, qualifies as a QTL.

         Transactions with Affiliates.  Generally,  federal banking law requires
that  transactions  between a savings  institution or its  subsidiaries  and its
affiliates  must  be on  terms  as  favorable  to  the  savings  institution  as
comparable transactions with non-affiliates. In addition, certain types of these
transactions   are  restricted  to  an  aggregate   percentage  of  the  savings
institution's capital.  Collateral in specified amounts must usually be provided
by  affiliates  in order to  receive  loans  from the  savings  institution.  In
addition,  a savings  institution may not extend credit to any affiliate engaged
in  activities  not  permissible  for a bank  holding  company  or  acquire  the
securities  of any  affiliate  that is not a  subsidiary.  The  Office of Thrift
Supervision has the discretion to treat subsidiaries of savings  institutions as
affiliates on a case-by-case basis.

                                       67



         Community  Reinvestment  Act.  Under  the  Community  Reinvestment  Act
("CRA"),  every insured depository  institution,  including St. Edmond's Federal
Savings Bank, has a continuing and  affirmative  obligation  consistent with its
safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire  community,
including  low and moderate  income  neighborhoods.  The CRA does not  establish
specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it
limit an institution's  discretion to develop the types of products and services
that it believes are best suited to its particular  community.  The CRA requires
the Office of Thrift Supervision to assess each savings  institution's record of
meeting the credit needs of its  community  and to take such record into account
in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution,  such as a merger
or the  establishment  of a branch by St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank.  An
unsatisfactory CRA examination rating may be used as the basis for the denial of
an application by the Office of Thrift Supervision. St. Edmond's Federal Savings
Bank received a "satisfactory"  overall rating in its most recent CRA assessment
by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

         Federal Home Loan Bank System.  St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank is a
member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh,  which is one of twelve regional  FHLBs.  Each
FHLB  serves as a reserve or central  bank for its members  within its  assigned
region.  It is funded  primarily from funds deposited by financial  institutions
and  proceeds  derived  from the sale of  consolidated  obligations  of the FHLB
System.   It  makes  loans  to  members  pursuant  to  policies  and  procedures
established by the board of directors of the FHLB.

         As a member,  St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank is required to purchase
and maintain  stock in the FHLB of  Pittsburgh in an amount equal to the greater
of  1% of  its  aggregate  unpaid  residential  mortgage  loans,  home  purchase
contracts  or similar  obligations  at the  beginning of each year or 5% of FHLB
borrowings.  The Bank is in compliance with this  requirement.  The FHLB imposes
various  limitations on borrowings  such as limiting the amount of certain types
of real estate  related  collateral  to 30% of a member's  capital and  limiting
total borrowings to a member.


^


         The USA Patriot Act. In response to the events of  September  11, 2001,
the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to
Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, or the USA Patriot Act, was signed
into law on October 26, 2001.  The USA Patriot Act gives the federal  government
new powers to address  terrorist  threats  through  enhanced  domestic  security
measures,  expanded  surveillance  powers,  increased  information  sharing  and
broadened anti-money laundering  requirements.  By way of amendments to the Bank
Secrecy  Act,  Title III of the USA  Patriot  Act  takes  measures  intended  to
encourage information sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement
bodies. Further,  certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations
on a broad range of financial institutions,  including banks, thrifts,  brokers,
dealers,  credit unions,  money transfer agents and parties registered under the
Commodity Exchange Act.

         Among other requirements,  Title III of the USA Patriot Act imposes the
following requirements with respect to financial institutions:

o    Pursuant  to  Section  352,  all  financial   institutions  must  establish
     anti-money  laundering  programs  that  include,  at minimum:  (i) internal
     policies,  procedures,  and  controls;  (ii)  specific  designation  of  an
     anti-money laundering  compliance officer;  (iii) ongoing employee training
     programs;  and (iv) an  independent  audit  function to test the anti-money
     laundering program.

o    Section 326  authorizes  the Secretary of the  Department  of Treasury,  in
     conjunction with other

                                       68





     bank regulators,  to issue regulations by October 26, 2002 that provide for
     minimum  standards with respect to customer  identification at the time new
     accounts are opened.

o    Section 312  requires  financial  institutions  that  establish,  maintain,
     administer,  or manage private banking accounts or correspondence  accounts
     in the United States for non-United States persons or their representatives
     (including  foreign  individuals  visiting the United  States) to establish
     appropriate,   specific,  and,  where  necessary,  enhanced  due  diligence
     policies,  procedures,  and  controls  designed to detect and report  money
     laundering.

o    Effective  December 25, 2001,  financial  institutions  are prohibited from
     establishing, maintaining, administering or managing correspondent accounts
     for foreign shell banks (foreign banks that do not have a physical presence
     in any country),  and will be subject to certain record keeping obligations
     with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks.

o    Bank regulators are directed to consider a holding company's  effectiveness
     in combating  money  laundering when ruling on Federal Reserve Act and Bank
     Merger Act applications.

         The  federal  banking  agencies  have  begun to propose  and  implement
regulations  pursuant  to the  USA  Patriot  Act.  These  proposed  and  interim
regulations  would  require  financial  institutions  to adopt the  policies and
procedures contemplated by the USA Patriot Act.

                                    TAXATION

Federal Taxation

         Savings  institutions are subject to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the "Code"), in the same general manner as other corporations.

         All thrift institutions are now subject to the same provisions as banks
with respect to deductions for bad debts.  Thrift  institutions that are treated
as "small banks" (the average  adjusted bases for all assets of such institution
equals  $500  million or less) under the Code may account for bad debts by using
the  experience  method for  determining  additions  to their bad debt  reserve.
Thrift  institutions  that  are not  treated  as  small  banks  must now use the
specific charge-off method.

         SE  Financial  Corp.  may  exclude  from its income  100% of  dividends
received  from  St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank as a  member  of the  same
affiliated group of corporations.  A 70% dividends received deduction  generally
applies  with  respect to  dividends  received  from  corporations  that are not
members of such affiliated group.

         St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank's federal income tax returns for 1998
and 1999 tax years were audited by the IRS in 2002.

State Taxation

         Pennsylvania imposes an income tax of approximately 11.5% of net income
as computed under generally accepted accounting principles.

         St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank's state income tax returns have not
been audited during the

                                       69




past five years.  For  additional  information,  see Note __ of the notes to the
consolidated financial statements.


                                   MANAGEMENT


Directors  and  Officers of the SE  Financial  Corp.  and St.  Edmond's  Federal
Savings Bank

         The Bank's  Board of  Directors  is composed of 11 members each of whom
serves for a term of three years, with approximately  one-third of the directors
elected each year.  The Bank's  officers  are elected  annually by the Board and
serve at the Boards' discretion.

         SE  Financial  Corp.'s ^ Board of  Directors  is composed of 11 members
each of whom serves for a term of four years, with  approximately  one-fourth of
the  directors  elected  each year.  All of ^ the  directors of the Bank^ became
directors of SE Financial Corp. upon its incorporation.  The terms for directors
of SE  Financial  Corp.  will be the  same as  those  of the  Bank,  except  for
Directors Marcy C. Panzer and Gilbert Barsky whose terms will expire in 2008 and
Director  Ben  Kovnat  whose  term will  expire in 2007.  SE  Financial  Corp.'s
officers  are  elected  annually  by  the ^  Board  and  serve  at  the  Boards'
discretion.

         The following table sets forth  information with respect to the current
directors and officers of ^ SE Financial Corp. and St. Edmond's  Federal Savings
Bank.





                             Age at                                                                      Current
                           October 31,                                                  Director          Term
                              2003                         Position                       Since        Expires (1)
                              ----        ------------------------------------------  -------------    -----------
Directors:
                                                                                           
Marcy C. Panzer(2)             53         Chairman of the Board                           1983            2007
Gilbert Barsky                 80         Director                                        1962            2007
Samuel Barsky(2)               49         Director and Secretary                          1989            2005
P. Charles DeRita              92         Director                                        1991            2006
Andrew A. Hines                76         Director                                        1985            2005
Ben Kovnat                     86         Director                                        1983            2006
Megan L. Mahoney               43         Director                                        2003            2007
J. William Parker, Jr.         44         Director                                        2002            2006
Dr. Nicholas M. Renzi          67         Director                                        1980            2007
William F. Saldutti, III       44         Director                                        2001            2005
Susanne Spinell Shuster        53         Director                                        2001            2006
^ Director Emeritus:
Mitchell Panzer                86         Director Emeritus                                N/A            N/A
Executive Officers:
Frank S. DePaolo(2)            54         President and Chief Executive Officer            N/A            N/A
Joseph Sidebotham, Sr.(2)      48         Executive Vice President, Chief                  N/A            N/A
                                          Financial Officer and Controller

- ---------
(1)  ^ Shows  terms for the Bank.  Directors  serve three year terms at the Bank
     and four year terms at SE Financial  Corp.  For this reason,  the terms for
     directors of SE Financial Corp. will be the same as those

                                       70




     of the Bank,  except for Directors Marcy C. Panzer and Gilbert Barsky whose
     terms will expire in 2008 and Director Ben Kovnat whose term will expire in
     2007.
(2)  Such  individual  will also serve in the same  capacity as an officer of SE
     Financial Corp.


         The  business  experience  of  each  director,  director  emeritus  and
executive  officer  of the  Bank is set  forth  below.  Each has held his or her
present  position  for at  least  the  past  five  years,  except  as  otherwise
indicated.

Directors

         Marcy C. Panzer has been a director  since 1983 and became  Chairman of
the Board in May 2002.  Ms.  Panzer is an  attorney  admitted to practice in the
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania.  She was  previously  employed  as  Senior  Vice
President and Counsel by American Business Financial Services until 2000. She is
the daughter of Director Emeritus Mitchell Panzer.

         Gilbert  Barsky has been a director  since 1962.  Mr. Barsky is retired
and was previously  employed by St. Edmond's  Savings Bank. Mr. Barsky serves as
the Inspector of Elections for Montgomery County, Pennsylvania and the Treasurer
of Green Hill Condominium Social Club. He also delivers Meals on Wheels. Gilbert
Barsky is the father of Director Samuel Barsky.

         Samuel Barsky has been a director  since 1989 and Secretary of the Bank
since May 2002.  Mr. Barsky is a certified  public  accountant  with the firm of
Gitomer & Berenhulz  P.C. Mr. Barsky is a participant in the National Town Watch
and the National Night Out. He is the son of Director Gilbert Barsky.

         P. Charles  DeRita has been a director  since 1991.  Mr. DeRita is sole
owner of Hallmark  Abstract  Co.,  Inc., a title  insurance  company  located in
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

         Andrew A. Hines has been a director  since 1985.  Mr.  Hines is retired
from ARCO.

         Ben Kovnat has been a director  since 1983.  Mr. Kovnat is retired from
the Iron Works Company.

         Megan L.  Mahoney  has been a director  since  2003.  Ms.  Mahoney is a
regional sales manager with Platinum Direct Funding and was previously  employed
by American Business Financial Services, Inc. as a senior vice president.

         J. William  Parker,  Jr. has been a director  since 2002. Mr. Parker is
the  sole  owner of  Signator  Financial  Network,  which  provides  retirement,
investment and insurance planning services.

         Dr.  Nicholas M. Renzi has been a director  since 1980.  Dr. Renzi is a
retired physician.

         William F. Saldutti,  III has been a director since 2001. Mr.  Saldutti
is an attorney and a partner at the law firm of Dembo & Saldutti.  Mr.  Saldutti
is involved in fund-raising  for St. John's School for Handicapped in Westville,
New Jersey.


         Susanne  Spinell Shuster has been a director since 2001. Ms. Shuster is
a certified public accountant and audit partner with Asher ^ & Co., LTD.


                                       71




^ Director Emeritus


         Mitchell  Panzer served as a director of the Bank from 1946 to 1991. He
became a director emeritus in 1991. Mr. Panzer was counsel to the Bank from 1946
to  1988  and was a  partner  with  the law  firm of  Wolf,  Block,  Schorr  and
Solis-Cohen.  He retired in 1988.  Mr.  Panzer is the father of  Chairman of the
Board, Marcy C. Panzer.

Executive Officers


         Frank S. DePaolo has been  President ^ and Chief  Executive  Officer of
St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank since  October  2000 and has over 30 years
banking  experience.  Prior to ^ joining the Bank, Mr. DePaolo was employed ^ by
Merchants National Bank of Bangor,  starting as executive vice president in 1986
and becoming chief executive officer of such institution in 1987. Mr. DePaolo is
a member of the Greater  Philadelphia  Chamber of Commerce and the Home Builders
Association  of  Bucks  and  Montgomery  Counties  and a  board  member  of  the
Pennsylvania Association of Community Bankers. Mr. DePaolo has previously served
as Elected Auditor of Plainfield Township,  Director of the United Way of Lehigh
and Northampton Counties, Director of the Lung Association of the Lehigh Valley,
and  a  member  of  the  ^  Governing  Council  of  the  Pennsylvania   Banker's
Association.

         Joseph Sidebotham, Sr. has been at St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank as
Executive Vice President,  Chief Financial Officer and Controller since February
2001.  Prior to that, Mr.  Sidebotham was employed ^ by South Jersey Savings and
Loan  Association  ^ for over twenty  years and held the offices of  Controller,
Senior Vice President, Corporate Secretary and Chief ^ Accounting Officer ^.


Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors of the Bank

         The Board of Directors  conducts its business  through  meetings of the
Board and through  activities of its  committees.  During the year ended October
31, 2003, the Board of Directors met 13 times.  No director  attended fewer than
75% of the total  meetings of the Board of Directors and  committees on which he
served during the year ended October 31, 2003. The Board has an Audit Committee,
a Loan  Committee,  a Compliance  Committee,  a Human  Resources  Committee,  an
REO/Classified  Assets  Committee,  an  Asset/Liability  Committee,  a  Business
Development  Committee  and an  Advisory  Committee.  The Board  does not have a
standing nominations committee.

         The Audit  Committee  consists of  Directors  Susanne  Shuster,  Samuel
Barsky,  Marcy C.  Panzer and J.  William  Parker,  Jr. and  President  Frank S.
DePaolo and Executive Vice President  Joseph  Sidebotham.  This committee  meets
quarterly with the internal auditor and independent accountants and periodically
as needed with the Bank's compliance auditors.

         The Human Resource  Committee consists of Directors Andrew A. Hines, P.
Charles DeRita,  Ben Kovnat and Megan L. Mahoney and President Frank S. DePaolo,
Executive Vice President Joe Sidebotham and Vice President Rick Lemcoe.  Messrs.
DePaolo,  Sidebotham  and  Lemcoe  do not  participate  in  committee  decisions
regarding their own compensation. This committee meets at least quarterly.

Director Compensation

         Board Fees.  Each director is paid an annual retainer of $5,000 paid in
twelve  monthly  installments.  Directors  receive  $50  per  committee  meeting
attended and committee chairpersons receive

                                       72




an additional  $500 per year.  The total fees paid to the directors for the year
ended  October  31,  2003 were  approximately  $69,200.  ^ The  Bank's  director
emeritus is paid an annual fee of $5,000,  and  advisory  directors  are paid an
annual fee or $2,500. Committee members who are also full-time Bank employees do
not receive compensation as committee members.

         Incentive   Retirement   Plan.  The  Bank  implemented  this  incentive
compensation  plan,  effective January 1, 2004, to reward key management and the
Board of Directors for ^ having  achieved  strategic  goals of the Bank^.  Under
such plan,  the future value of units ^ awarded to plan  participants  ^ will be
based upon the  accumulation  of future  retained  earnings  of the Bank,  on an
unconsolidated basis, above the level of the Bank's retained earnings at January
1, 2004.  As of the date of such  award on  January 1, 2004,  such units have no
value.  The  aggregate  future value of such units will ^ equal up to 10% of the
accumulated  future  retained  earnings of the Bank. ^ Expenses  accrued for the
increases  in the future value of units  awarded  will reduce the Bank's  future
earnings.  There are no specific  performance targets set under the plan at this
time.

         The units were awarded to the  executive  officers and directors of the
Bank as of January 1, 2004 in proportion to the 2003  compensation  paid to such
persons.  Sixty  percent of such units have been awarded to the directors of the
Bank  and 40% of  such  units  have  been  awarded  to the  executive  officers,
including  approximately  24% of such  aggregate  units  to  Frank  S.  DePaolo,
President  of  the  Bank.  Such  units  are  earned  and  non-forfeitable  after
participants  have  completed  not less than three  years of service  (including
prior service) with the Bank. Distributions ^ of benefits under the plan will be
made following retirement,  termination of service, death or a change in control
of the Bank.  The benefit  paid to a plan  participant  will be the  accumulated
value of his or her  units  calculated  based  upon  the  growth  in the  Bank's
reported  retained earnings between January 1, 2004 and the time of distribution
of the benefit to a plan participant.  Payments are forfeited if the participant
violates a non-compete agreement with the Bank, if any. The future value of such
units  awarded  and the  annual  expense  of the plan is based  upon the  future
earnings of the Bank and increases in the Bank's future retained  earnings on an
unconsolidated  basis. To the extent the Bank implements other  compensation and
benefit programs,  including any stock-based  compensation  programs,  which may
increase the Bank's expenses,  the accumulated  value of the units awarded under
this plan will be adversely affected.


Executive Compensation

         Summary Compensation Table. The following table sets forth the cash and
non-cash  compensation awarded to or earned by the Bank's president for the year
ended  October 31, 2003.  No other  officer  received a total annual  salary and
bonus in excess of $100,000 during the reporting period.


                                                 Annual Compensation
                                        ---------------------------------------
                               Fiscal                              Other Annual
Name and Principal Position    Year      Salary        Bonus      Compensation
- ---------------------------    ----      ------        -----      ------------
Frank S. DePaolo, President    2003     $116,568      $8,490         $5,828(1)
                               2002      113,047       4,950          5,668
                               2001      110,000         117              -

- -----------
(1)  Consists of Bank's contribution under 401(k) Plan.

         Executive  Life  Insurance  Program.  The Bank has  implemented  a life
insurance program for President DePaolo and Executive Vice President Sidebotham.
Such plan provides for a death benefit of

                                       73




250% of salary up to a maximum  benefit of ^ $400,000.  Such benefit  remains in
effect  following  termination  of employment  with not less than three years of
service.

         Change in  Control/Employment  Agreements.  The Board of Directors  may
enter into ^ employment ^ agreements and change in control  agreements  with the
Chairman of the Board ^, the President and the Executive Vice  President.  It is
anticipated that such  agreements,  if they are entered into, would provide that
if SE Financial Corp. or St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank is acquired and the
officer's  employment  is  terminated,  he or she will receive a cash  severance
payment.  Such  severance  payment  would in no event  exceed  2.999  times  the
terminated officer's prior five year average taxable compensation.  The terms of
these potential agreements have not yet been determined.


Potential Stock Benefit Plans

         Employee Stock Ownership Plan. We intend to establish an employee stock
ownership plan for the exclusive benefit of participating employees of the Bank,
to be implemented at the completion of the offering. Participating employees are
employees  who have  completed  one year of service and have attained the age of
21. An application for a letter of determination as to the tax-qualified  status
of the employee stock  ownership plan will be submitted to the IRS.  Although no
assurances can be given,  we expect that the employee stock  ownership plan will
receive a favorable letter of determination from the IRS.

         The employee stock ownership plan is to be funded by contributions made
by St. Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank in cash or common stock.  Benefits may be
paid either in shares of the common stock or in cash. The plan will borrow funds
with  which to  acquire  up to 8% of the  shares  issued  in the  offering.  The
employee stock  ownership plan may elect, in whole or in part, to fill its order
through open market purchases subsequent to the closing of the offering, subject
to any required regulatory  approval.  The employee stock ownership plan intends
to borrow funds from SE Financial Corp. The loan is expected to be for a term of
ten years at an annual  interest rate  approximately  equal to the prime rate as
published  in The Wall Street  Journal.  Presently  it is  anticipated  that the
employee stock ownership plan will purchase up to 8% of the shares issued in the
offering.  The loan will be secured  by the shares  purchased  and  earnings  of
employee stock ownership plan assets.  Shares  purchased with loan proceeds will
be held in a suspense account for allocation  among  participants as the loan is
repaid. It is anticipated that all contributions  will be  tax-deductible.  This
loan is expected to be fully repaid in approximately ten years.

         Contributions  to the employee stock ownership plan and shares released
from the suspense  account will be allocated among  participants on the basis of
base  compensation.  All participants must be employed at least 1,000 hours in a
plan  year,  or  have  terminated  employment  following  death,  disability  or
retirement, in order to receive an allocation. Participant benefits become fully
vested in plan allocations  following three years of service.  Employment before
the  adoption of the  employee  stock  ownership  plan shall be credited for the
purposes of  vesting,  and  vesting is  accelerated  in the event of a change of
control.  Contributions  to the employee stock  ownership  plan by St.  Edmond's
Federal Savings Bank are  discretionary and may cause a reduction in other forms
of compensation, including the Bank's 401(k) Plan. As a result, benefits payable
under this plan cannot be estimated.

         A committee,  consisting of non-employee directors, will administer the
plan and serve as the plan's  trustees.  The  trustees  must vote all  allocated
shares held in the plan as directed by plan participants. Unallocated shares and
allocated  shares for which no timely  direction  is  received  will be voted as
directed  by the Board of  Directors  or the  plan's  committee,  subject to the
trustees' fiduciary duties.

                                       74




         Stock  Option  Plan.  We  intend to adopt a stock  option  plan for the
benefit of  directors  and  officers  after the ^ passage of ^ one year from the
completion of the offering.  We may,  however,  decide to adopt the stock option
plan sooner than one year following the offering,  but in no event will the plan
be adopted sooner than six months  subsequent to the completion of the offering.
If the stock option plan is implemented within one year of the completion of the
offering,  it will  comply  with the  Office of Thrift  Supervision  regulations
related to such  plans,  including  limitations  on vesting  and  allocation  of
awards.  ^ Office of Thrift  Supervision  regulations also require that any plan
adopted  within one year of the  completion  of the offering  will be subject to
stockholder approval at a meeting of stockholders held no sooner than six months
subsequent to the completion of the offering.  Up to 10% of the number of shares
of common stock issued in the offering  will be reserved for issuance  under the
stock option plan. No determinations have been made as to the specific terms of,
or awards under, the stock option plan.

         The  purpose of the stock  option  plan will be to  attract  and retain
qualified  personnel in key  positions,  provide  officers and directors  with a
proprietary  interest in SE Financial Corp. as an incentive to contribute to our
success and reward directors and officers for outstanding performance.  Although
the terms of the stock option plan have not yet been determined,  it is expected
that the stock  option  plan will  provide  for the grant  of:  (1)  options  to
purchase the common stock  intended to qualify as incentive  stock options under
the Internal Revenue Code (incentive stock options); and (2) options that do not
so qualify  (non-incentive  stock  options).  Any stock  option plan would be in
effect  for up to ten  years  from  the  earlier  of  adoption  by the  Board of
Directors or approval by the stockholders.  Options would expire no later than ^
ten years from the date granted and would expire earlier if the option committee
so determines or in the event of  termination  of  employment.  Options would be
granted  based  upon  several  factors,  including  seniority,  job  duties  and
responsibilities and job performance.


         Restricted  Stock Plan. We also intend to establish a restricted  stock
plan to provide our officers and  directors  with a  proprietary  interest in SE
Financial  Corp. We intend to adopt the restricted  stock plan after the passage
of at least one year  from the  completion  of the  offering.  We may,  however,
decide to adopt the  restricted  stock plan sooner than one year  following  the
offering,  but in no event  will  the plan be  adopted  sooner  than six  months
subsequent to the completion of the offering.  If the  restricted  stock plan is
implemented  within one year of the  completion of the offering,  it will comply
with the  Office  of  Thrift  Supervision  regulations  related  to such  plans,
including  limitations  on vesting and  allocation  of awards.  Any plan adopted
within one year of the completion of the offering will be subject to stockholder
approval at a meeting of stockholders  held no sooner than six months subsequent
to the  completion of the  offering.  The  restricted  stock plan is expected to
provide  for the award of common  stock,  subject  to vesting  restrictions,  to
eligible officers and directors.


         We expect to contribute  funds to the restricted stock plan to acquire,
in the  aggregate,  up to ^ 4% of the number of shares of common stock issued in
the offering, provided, however, that, pursuant to the regulations of the Office
of Thrift Supervision,  if the plan is adopted within one year of the completion
of the offering,  the plan will be limited to up to 3% if St.  Edmond's  Federal
Savings Bank does not have tangible capital of at least 10% at the time the plan
is  established.  Shares used to fund the restricted  stock plan may be acquired
through open market  purchases or provided from authorized but unissued  shares.
No  determinations  have been made as to the  specific  terms of the  restricted
stock plan.


                                       75



Transactions with Management and Others


         No directors,  officers or their immediate  family members were engaged
in  transactions  with the Bank or any  subsidiary  involving  more than $60,000
(other than through a loan) during the year ended October 31, 2003. ^


         The Bank has followed the policy of offering residential mortgage loans
for the  financing of personal  residences  and consumer  loans to its officers,
directors and employees.  Loans are made in the ordinary  course of business and
are also made on  substantially  the same terms and conditions,  other than a 1%
discount for officers and  employees on the interest  rate paid while the person
remains employed by the Bank, as those of comparable  transactions prevailing at
the time with other  persons,  and do not  include  more than the normal risk of
collectibility or present other unfavorable features.

Proposed Stock Purchases by Management


         The following  table sets forth for each of the directors and executive
officers (including in each case all "associates" of such persons) the number of
shares of common stock which each  director  and  executive  officer  intends to
purchase,  assuming  the sale of  1,750,000  shares of common stock ^. The table
does not include  purchases  by the  employee  stock  ownership  plan (8% of the
common  stock sold in the  offering),  and does not take into  account any stock
benefit plans to be adopted following the conversion. See Management - Potential
Stock Benefit Plans.



                                                      Percentage of Total
                                   Total Number       Outstanding Shares
                                   of Shares to       at Midpoint of the
                      Name         be Purchased         Offering Range
- --------------------------------   ------------         --------------
Marcy C. Panzer                             20,000           1.1%
Gilbert Barsky                                 500             *
Samuel Barsky                               10,000             *
P. Charles DeRita                          ^ 1,000             *
Andrew A. Hines                            ^ 5,000             *
Ben Kovnat                                   7,000             *
Megan L. Mahoney                            10,000             *
J. William Parker, Jr.                       4,000             *
Dr. Nicholas M. Renzi                      ^ 1,000             *
William F. Saldutti, III                     5,000             *
Susanne Spinell Shuster                      5,000             *
Frank S. DePaolo                            10,000             *
Joseph Sidebotham, Sr.                      10,000             *
                                            ------             -
   Total                                    88,500           5.1%
                                            ======           ===

- ------------
*    Less than 1%.


         If the  stockholders  of SE Financial  Corp.  approve the stock benefit
plans as discussed in this  prospectus  (including  4.0% of the shares issued in
the offering for the restricted stock plan and 10.0% of the shares issued in the
offering for the stock  option  plan),  and  assuming  that all of the shares of
common stock available for award under the restricted stock plan are awarded and
all of the  options  available  under  the stock  option  plan are  awarded  and
exercised,  the aggregate  ownership of directors and executive  officers  would
increase to ^ 16.7% at the midpoint of the  offering  range,  assuming  that the
plans are


                                       76



funded  with newly  issued  shares  instead of shares  acquired  in open  market
purchases and assuming that no awards are made to  non-executive  officers.  See
Management - Potential Stock Benefit Plans on page __.

         Purchases of common stock in the  offering by directors  and  executive
officers will be counted toward the minimum of 1,487,500  shares  required to be
sold to complete the offering.  Management may, but is not required to, purchase
additional  shares in the  offering  to  satisfy  the  minimum,  subject  to the
limitation  on  the  individual  maximum  share  purchase  limitations  and  the
requirement  that  directors,  executive  officers and their  associates may not
purchase, in the aggregate, more than 34% of the shares sold in the offering.

         Shares of common stock  purchased by directors and  executive  officers
cannot  be sold for a period  of one year  following  the  offering,  and  stock
certificates  issued to  directors  and  executive  officers  will bear a legend
restricting their sale. See The Stock Offering - Restrictions on Transferability
by Directors and Executive Officers on page ___.

                                 THE CONVERSION

         The Board of Directors of St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank adopted the
plan authorizing the conversion and the offering on January 15, 2004, subject to
the approval of the Office of Thrift  Supervision and of the members of the Bank
and  the  satisfaction  of  certain  other  conditions.  The  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision  gave  authorization  to conduct the  conversion  on March __, 2004.
Office of Thrift  Supervision  approval does not constitute a recommendation  or
endorsement of the plan by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

General

         On January 15, 2004,  the Board of Directors  of St.  Edmond's  Federal
Savings  Bank adopted the plan of  conversion  and stock  issuance,  pursuant to
which the Bank proposes to reorganize from a federally  chartered mutual savings
institution to a federally  chartered stock savings  institution.  The Bank will
become a wholly-owned  subsidiary of SE Financial  Corp.  Concurrently  with the
conversion, SE Financial Corp. will sell its common stock in the offering to the
Bank's  members and, if necessary,  the general  public.  The Board of Directors
unanimously  adopted  the Plan after  consideration  of the  advantages  and the
disadvantages of the conversion and offering.  After we receive all the required
approvals  from the  government  agencies  that regulate us, the approval of the
plan  by the  Bank's  members  and  the  satisfaction  of all  other  conditions
precedent to the  conversion,  the Bank will effect the conversion by exchanging
its federal  mutual  savings  institution  charter for a federal  stock  savings
institution  charter and  becoming a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of SE  Financial
Corp.,  and having the depositors of the Bank receive  liquidation  interests in
the  federal  stock  savings  institution  as they have in the Bank  before  the
conversion. See The Conversion - Description of the Conversion. On the effective
date, SE Financial Corp. will commence business as SE Financial Corp., a savings
and loan holding  company,  and the Bank will  commence  business as a federally
chartered  stock savings bank. The conversion will be accomplished in accordance
with the procedures set forth in the plan, the  requirements  of applicable laws
and regulations, and the policies of the Office of Thrift Supervision.

         For additional information concerning the offering, see The Offering.

                                       77



Purposes of the Conversion

         The  Board  of  Directors  of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank has
determined  that  the  conversion  is in the best  interest  of the Bank and has
several business purposes for the conversion.

         The conversion will structure the Bank in the stock form, which is used
by commercial banks,  most major business  corporations and an increasing number
of  savings  institutions.  Formation  of the Bank as a  capital  stock  savings
institution  subsidiary of SE Financial  Corp. will permit SE Financial Corp. to
issue  stock,  which is a source of  capital  not  available  to mutual  savings
institutions.  The holding  company form of  organization is expected to provide
additional  flexibility  to diversify  the Bank's  business  activities  through
existing or newly formed  subsidiaries,  or through  acquisitions  of or mergers
with other financial institutions, as well as other companies. Although the Bank
has  no  current  arrangements,   understandings  or  agreements  regarding  any
opportunities, SE Financial Corp. will be in a position after the conversion and
offering,  subject to regulatory  limitations and SE Financial Corp.'s financial
position,  to take  advantage  of any  acquisition,  merger  or  diversification
opportunities that may arise.


         SE  Financial  Corp.  is  offering  for  sale its  common  stock in the
offering at an aggregate price based on an independent  appraisal.  The proceeds
from the sale of common stock of SE Financial  Corp.  will provide the Bank with
new equity  capital,  which will  support  future  deposit  growth and  expanded
operations.^  While the Bank currently  meets or exceeds all regulatory  capital
requirements,  the sale of stock in connection with the conversion, coupled with
the  accumulation  of earnings,  less dividends or other  reductions in capital,
from year to year, represents a means for the orderly preservation and expansion
of the Bank's  capital  base,  and allows  flexibility  to respond to sudden and
unanticipated  capital needs.  After the  conversion and offering,  SE Financial
Corp.  may  repurchase  shares of its common  stock.  The  investment of the net
proceeds of the offering also will provide  additional income to enhance further
the Bank's future capital position.


         The ability of SE Financial  Corp. to issue stock will enable it in the
future to establish  stock  benefit  plans for  management  and  employees of SE
Financial  Corp. and the Bank,  including  incentive  stock option plans,  stock
award plans, and employee stock ownership plans.

         SE Financial  Corp. will also be able to borrow funds, on a secured and
unsecured basis, and to issue debt to the public or in a private placement.  The
proceeds of any  borrowings or debt issuance may be  contributed  to the Bank as
core capital for regulatory capital purposes.  SE Financial Corp. has not made a
determination to borrow funds or issue debt at the present time.

Description of the Conversion


         After  receiving  all of the  required  approvals  from the  government
agencies that regulate us and the  ratification of the plan of conversion by the
Bank's  members,  the conversion will be completed.  After the  conversion,  the
legal existence of the Bank will not terminate, the converted stock bank will be
a  continuation  of the Bank and all property of the Bank,  including its right,
title, and interest in and to all property of any kind and nature,  interest and
asset of every  conceivable  value or benefit then existing or pertaining to the
Bank,  or which  would inure to the Bank  immediately  by  operation  of law and
without the necessity of any  conveyance or transfer and without any further act
or deed,  will continue to be owned by the Bank.  The Bank will possess and hold
the same in its right and fully and to the same extent as the same was possessed
and held by the  Bank.  The Bank  will  continue  to have,  succeed  to,  and be
responsible for all the rights, liabilities, and obligations of the Bank ^.


                                       78




         The  foregoing  description  of  the  conversion  is  qualified  in its
entirety by reference to the plan and the ^ articles of incorporation and bylaws
of the Bank and SE Financial Corp. ^


Effects of the Conversion

         General.  The conversion will not have any effect on the Bank's present
business  of  accepting  deposits  and  investing  its  funds in loans and other
investments  permitted by law. The  conversion  will not result in any change in
the existing  services  provided to  depositors  and  borrowers,  or in existing
offices,  management, and staff. After the conversion, the Bank will continue to
be subject to regulation,  supervision,  and examination by the Office of Thrift
Supervision and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

         Deposits and Loans. Each holder of a deposit account in the Bank at the
time of the conversion  will continue as an account holder in the Bank after the
conversion,  and the conversion  will not affect the deposit  balance,  interest
rate,  or other  terms.  Each  deposit  account  will be insured by the  Federal
Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  to the same  extent as before  the  conversion.
Depositors will continue to hold their existing  certificates,  savings records,
checkbooks, and other evidence of their accounts. The conversion will not affect
the loans of any borrower from the Bank. The amount,  interest  rate,  maturity,
security for, and obligations under each loan will remain contractually fixed as
they  existed  prior to the  conversion.  See The  Conversion  - Effects  of the
Conversion - Voting  Rights and -  Liquidation  Rights below for a discussion of
the  effects  of the  conversion  on the voting  and  liquidation  rights of the
depositors of the Bank.

         Voting Rights. As a federally chartered mutual savings institution, the
Bank has no authority to issue capital stock and thus, no stockholders.  Control
of the Bank in its mutual form is vested in the Board of  Directors of the Bank.
The Directors are elected by the Bank's members.  Holders of qualifying deposits
in the Bank are  members  of the Bank.  In the  consideration  of all  questions
requiring action by members of the Bank, each holder of a qualifying  deposit is
permitted to cast one vote for each $100, or fraction thereof, of the withdrawal
value of the voting depositor's account.  Each borrower as of September 29, 1995
has one vote for the  period of time that such  borrowing  is in  existence.  No
member may cast more than 1,000 votes.

         After  the  conversion,  all  voting  rights  will  be held  solely  by
stockholders.  A  stockholder  will be  entitled  to one vote for each  share of
common stock owned.

         Tax Effects.  We have  received an opinion  from our  counsel,  Malizia
Spidi & Fisch,  PC, on the  federal  tax  consequences  of the  conversion.  The
opinion has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this
prospectus  is a part and covers those  federal tax matters that are material to
the transaction. The opinion provides that:

          o    the  conversion  will qualify as a  reorganization  under Section
               368(a)(1)(F)  of the Code, and no gain or loss will be recognized
               by the Bank by reason of the proposed conversion;

          o    no gain or loss will be  recognized  by the Bank upon the receipt
               of money from SE Financial  Corp.  for the Bank's  stock,  and no
               gain or loss will be  recognized by SE Financial  Corp.  upon the
               receipt of money for the shares;

                                       79




          o    no gain  or  loss  will be  recognized  by the  Eligible  Account
               Holders^  and  Other   Members  upon  the  issuance  to  them  of
               withdrawable  savings  accounts  in the Bank in the stock form in
               the same dollar amount as their  savings  accounts in the Bank in
               the mutual form plus an interest  in the  liquidation  account of
               the Bank in the stock form in exchange for their savings accounts
               in the Bank in the mutual form;

          o    the part of the taxable  year of the Bank  before the  conversion
               and the part of the taxable year of the Bank after the conversion
               will constitute a single taxable year of the Bank.  Consequently,
               the Bank will not be required to file a federal income tax return
               for any portion of such taxable year;

          o    the Bank  after  the  conversion  will  succeed  to and take into
               account  the  earnings  and  profits or deficit in  earnings  and
               profits of the Bank as of the date or dates of transfer; and


          o    no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible  Account  Holders^
               and  Other  Members  upon  the   distribution   to  them  of  the
               non-transferable subscription rights to purchase shares of stock.

         The opinion in the last bullet above is predicated  on  representations
from the Bank that no person  shall  receive  any  payment,  whether in money or
property,  in lieu of the issuance of  subscription  rights.  The opinion in the
last  bullet  above is based on the  position  that the  subscription  rights to
purchase shares of common stock received by Eligible  Account Holders^ and Other
Members have a fair market value of zero. In reaching  their  opinion  stated in
the last bullet above, Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC has noted that the subscription
rights  will  be  granted  at  no  cost  to  the  recipients,  will  be  legally
non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipients with the
right only to  purchase  shares of common  stock at the same price to be paid by
members of the general public in any community offering.  Malizia Spidi & Fisch,
PC believes  that it is more  likely than not that the fair market  value of the
subscription rights to purchase common stock is zero.


         If the  non-transferable  subscription  rights to purchase common stock
are subsequently found to have a fair market value,  income may be recognized by
various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases,  whether or not
the  rights  are  exercised),  and we may be  taxed on the  distribution  of the
subscription rights.

         We are also subject to  Pennsylvania  income taxes and have received an
opinion from Malizia Spidi & Fisch,  PC that the conversion  will be treated for
Pennsylvania  state tax purposes  similar to the treatment of the conversion for
federal tax purposes.


         Unlike a private  letter  ruling from the IRS,  the opinions of Malizia
Spidi & Fisch,  PC have no binding effect or official  status,  and no assurance
can be given  that the  conclusions  reached in any of those  opinions  would be
sustained  by  a  court  if  contested  by  the  IRS  or  the  Pennsylvania  tax
authorities.  Eligible  Account  Holders^ and Other  Members are  encouraged  to
consult with their own tax advisers as to the tax  consequences in the event the
subscription rights are determined to have any market value.


         Liquidation  Account.  In the  unlikely  event of the  Bank's  complete
liquidation  in the Bank's  present  mutual form,  each depositor is entitled to
share in a distribution of the Bank's assets,  remaining after payment of claims
of all creditors (including the claims of all depositors to the withdrawal value
of their  accounts).  Each  depositor's  pro rata share of the remaining  assets
would be in the same proportion

                                       80



as the  value of his  deposit  accounts  was to the total  value of all  deposit
accounts in the Bank at the time of liquidation.

         Upon a complete liquidation after the conversion,  each depositor would
have a claim, as a creditor,  of the same general  priority as the claims of all
other general  creditors of the Bank.  Except as described  below, a depositor's
claim would be solely in the amount of the balance in his deposit  account  plus
accrued  interest.  A depositor would not have an interest in the residual value
of the Bank's assets above that amount, if any.


         The Bank's plan of conversion provides for the establishment,  upon the
completion of the conversion, of a special "liquidation account" for the benefit
of Eligible  Account Holders ^. The liquidation  account will be maintained as a
separate account at St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank.

         Each Eligible Account Holder ^, if he continues to maintain his deposit
account with the Bank,  would be entitled on a complete  liquidation of the Bank
after conversion, to an interest in the liquidation account prior to any payment
to stockholders.  Each Eligible Account Holder would have an initial interest in
the  liquidation  account  for  each  deposit  account  held in the  Bank on the
qualifying  date,  December 31, 2002. ^ The interest as to each deposit  account
would be in the same proportion of the total liquidation  account as the balance
of the deposit  account on ^ December 31, 2002 was to the  aggregate  balance in
all the deposit  accounts of Eligible  Account  Holders ^ on December  31, 2002.
However,  if the amount in the deposit account on any annual closing date of the
Bank  (October  31) is less than the  amount  in the  liquidation  account  on ^
December 31, 2002, then the interest in this special  liquidation  account would
be reduced from time to time by an amount  proportionate  to any reduction,  and
the interest would cease to exist if the deposit account were closed.  Decreases
in  deposit  accounts  on  any  annual  closing  date  will  be  reflected  by a
corresponding  decrease  in the  amount  held  in the  liquidation  account.  An
individual's  interest in and the total amount held in the  liquidation  account
will  never be  increased  despite  any  increase  in deposit  accounts  after ^
December 31, 2002.


         The Bank's plan of conversion  requires the  liquidation  account to be
established  in an amount  equal to its net worth as of the  latest  practicable
date prior to  conversion  (i.e.,  the net worth  disclosed in the  consolidated
financial statements included in this prospectus).

         No merger,  consolidation,  purchase of bulk assets with assumptions of
savings accounts and other  liabilities,  or similar  transactions  with another
insured  institution  in which  the  Bank,  in its  converted  form,  is not the
surviving  institution,  shall be  considered a complete  liquidation.  In these
transactions,  the  liquidation  account  shall  be  assumed  by  the  surviving
institution.

Conditions to the Conversion


         Before we can complete the conversion, we must receive all the required
approvals  ^ from  the  Office  of  Thrift  Supervision.  The  receipt  of these
approvals  or  non-objections  from the  Office of Thrift  Supervision  does not
constitute a  recommendation  or  endorsement  of the plan or  conversion by the
Office of Thrift  Supervision.  Completion of the conversion  also is subject to
ratification  of the plan by a  majority  of the total  votes of ^ members  at a
special  meeting  called for the  purpose of  approving  the plan.  The Board of
Directors  may  decide to  complete  the  conversion  without  forming a holding
company.


                                       81



Amendment or Termination of the Plan of Conversion

         If determined to be necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors of
the Bank,  the plan may be amended by a  two-thirds  vote of the Bank's Board of
Directors, with the concurrence of the Office of Thrift Supervision, at any time
prior  to  or  after  submission  of  the  plan  to  members  of  the  Bank  for
ratification.  The plan may be  terminated by the Board of Directors of the Bank
at any time prior to or after ratification by the members,  by a two-thirds vote
with the concurrence of the Office of Thrift Supervision.

                                  THE OFFERING

General

         Concurrently with the conversion,  we are offering between a minimum of
1,487,500  shares  and a maximum  of  2,012,500  shares  of common  stock in the
offering  (subject to adjustment to up to 2,314,375  shares if our estimated pro
forma  market  value has  increased  at the  conclusion  of the  offering).  The
offering  will expire at __:__ _.m.,  eastern  time,  on  _______________,  2004
unless  extended.  The minimum  purchase is 25 shares of common  stock  (minimum
investment  of $250).  Our common  stock is being  offered  at a fixed  price of
$10.00 per share in the offering.


^ Conduct of the Offering


         Subject  to the  limitations  of the plan,  shares of common  stock are
being offered in descending order of priority in the subscription offering to:

o    Eligible  Account Holders  (depositors at the close of business on December
     31, 2002 with deposits of at least $50.00);


o    the employee stock ownership plan; and ^


o    Other  Members:  depositors  as of February  __, 2004 and  borrowers  as of
     September 29, 1995 who continue as borrowers as of the close of business on
     February__, 2004.


         To the extent that shares  remain  available  and  depending  on market
conditions  at or near  the  completion  of the  subscription  offering,  we may
conduct a community offering and possibly a syndicated  community offering.  The
community  offering,  if  any,  may  commence  simultaneously  with,  during  or
subsequent  to  the  completion  of  the  subscription  offering.  A  syndicated
community  offering,  if we conducted  one,  would commence just prior to, or as
soon as practicable after, the termination of the subscription  offering. In any
community offering or syndicated  community offering,  we must first fill orders
for  our  common  stock  up to a  maximum  of 2% of  the  shares  issued  in the
conversion in a manner that will achieve a wide  distribution of the stock,  and
thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated ^ on an equal number of shares
per order  basis,  until all orders  have been  filled or the  shares  have been
exhausted.  If an  oversubscription  occurs in the offering by Eligible  Account
Holders,  the employee stock  ownership plan may, in whole or in part,  fill its
order through open market  purchases  subsequent to the closing of the offering,
subject to any required regulatory approval.


Subscription Offering

         Subscription Rights.  Non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe
for the purchase of common stock have been granted  under the plan of conversion
to the following persons:

                                       82




         Priority 1: Eligible  Account  Holders.  Each Eligible  Account  Holder
shall be given the opportunity to purchase,  subject to the overall  limitations
described  under The Stock Offering - Limitations  on Purchases of Stock,  up to
the greater of (i) the maximum  purchase  limitation in the  community  offering
(i.e., 10,000 shares or $100,000), (ii) one-tenth of 1% of the total offering of
shares of common stock offered in the subscription offering, ^ or (iii) 15 times
the product  (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the
total number of shares of common stock offered in the subscription offering by a
fraction, of which the numerator is the amount of the qualifying deposits of the
Eligible  Account  Holder  and  the  denominator  is  the  total  amount  of all
qualifying deposits of all Eligible Account Holders.

         The  following  example   illustrates  how  the  maximum   subscription
limitation is  calculated.  Assuming that shares of common stock are sold at the
maximum of the offering  range  (2,012,500  shares),  a depositor had $25,000 on
deposit as of December  31,  2002,  and there were $72.3  million of  qualifying
deposits as of that date, then the depositor would receive  subscription  rights
to subscribe for an amount of stock equal to the greater of:

         (i)   10,000 shares;

         (ii)  2,013  shares,  which is  one-tenth of one percent of a 2,012,500
               share offering; or

         (iii) 10,435 shares,  which is the product of: 15 x 2,012,500 shares of
               common stock x ($25,000/$72.3 million).


         If there are insufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions
of Eligible  Account  Holders,  shares  will be  allocated  to Eligible  Account
Holders so as to permit each  subscribing  Eligible Account Holder to purchase a
number of shares  sufficient to make his total allocation equal to the lesser of
100 shares or the number of shares ordered. Thereafter,  unallocated shares will
be  allocated  to  remaining   subscribing   Eligible   Account   Holders  whose
subscriptions  remain  unfilled in the same  proportion  that each  subscriber's
qualifying  deposit  bears to the total  amount of  qualifying  deposits  of all
subscribing  Eligible Account Holders,  in each case on December 31, 2002, whose
subscriptions remain unfilled.  Subscription rights received by persons who were
officers and directors one year prior to the eligibility  record date,  based on
their increased  deposits in St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank in the one year
preceding the eligibility  record date will be subordinated to the  subscription
rights of other eligible account holders.  To ensure proper allocation of stock,
each Eligible  Account  Holder must list on his order form all accounts in which
he had an ownership interest as of the Eligibility Record Date.

         Priority 2: The Employee Plans. The tax qualified employee plans may be
given the opportunity to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the common stock
issued in the  subscription  offering.  It is expected  that the employee  stock
ownership  plan  will  purchase  up to 8% of  the  common  stock  issued  in the
offering.  If an  oversubscription  occurs in the  offering by Eligible  Account
Holders,  the employee stock  ownership plan may, in whole or in part,  fill its
order through open market  purchases  subsequent to the closing of the offering,
subject to any required regulatory approval.


         Priority 3^: Other Members.  If there are sufficient  shares  remaining
after satisfaction of all subscriptions by the Eligible Account Holders^ and the
tax-qualified  employee stock benefit plans, ^ each Other Member  (depositors as
of February  __, 2004 and  borrowers  as of  September  29, 1995 who continue as
borrowers  as of the  close of  business  on  February  __,  2004) who is not an
Eligible ^ Account  Holder  shall have the  opportunity  to  purchase  up to the
greater  of  10,000  shares  of  common  stock or  one-tenth  of 1% of the total
offering of shares of common stock offered in the subscription offering, subject
to the overall purchase  limitations  described under - Limitations on Purchases
of Common Stock. If Other


                                       83




Members  subscribe  for a number  of  shares  which,  when  added to the  shares
subscribed for by Eligible Account Holders^ and the tax-qualified employee stock
benefit  plans ^, is in  excess of the total  number  of shares  offered  in the
offering, the subscriptions of Other Members will be allocated among subscribing
Other  Members to permit each  subscribing  Other Member to purchase a number of
shares  sufficient  to make his total  allocation  of common  stock equal to the
lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares  subscribed  for by Other  Members.
Any shares remaining will be allocated among the subscribing Other Members whose
subscriptions  remain  unsatisfied on a 100 shares (or whatever lesser amount is
available)  per order basis  until all orders have been filled or the  remaining
shares have been allocated.

         State Securities Laws. We, in our sole discretion, will make reasonable
efforts to comply with the securities  laws of any state in the United States in
which St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank members reside,  and will only offer and
sell the common  stock in states in which the offers and sales comply with state
securities laws.  However,  no person will be offered or allowed to purchase any
common stock under the plan if he resides in a foreign country, or in a state of
the United States with respect to which:

o    a small number of persons  otherwise  eligible to purchase shares under the
     plan reside ^; or

o    the offer or sale of shares of common stock to these  persons would require
     us or St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank or our employees to register, under
     the  securities  laws of that state ^, as a broker or dealer or to register
     or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in that state ^; or


o    registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or
     otherwise.


         Restrictions  on Transfer of Subscription  Rights and Shares.  The plan
prohibits  any person  with  subscription  rights,  including  Eligible  Account
Holders^ and Other Members,  from transferring or entering into any agreement or
understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial  ownership of the subscription
rights  issued  under the plan or the shares of common  stock to be issued  when
they are exercised.  Subscription  rights may be exercised only by the person to
whom they are granted and only for his or her account. With the exception of IRA
stock  purchases,  the  subscription  rights of a qualifying  account may not be
transferred  to an account that is in a different  form of ownership.  Adding or
deleting a name or  otherwise  altering  the form of  beneficial  ownership of a
qualifying  account will ^ void a subscription ^ order. Each person  subscribing
for shares  will be  required  to certify  that he or she is  purchasing  shares
solely  for his or her own  account  and  that  he or she  has no  agreement  or
understanding regarding the sale or transfer of the shares. The regulations also
prohibit  any person  from  offering  or making an  announcement  of an offer or
intent  to make an offer to  purchase  subscription  rights  or shares of common
stock before the completion of the offering.


         SE Financial  Corp. and St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank will pursue
any and all legal and  equitable  remedies  in the event we become  aware of the
transfer of  subscription  rights and will not honor  orders  which we determine
involve the transfer of subscription rights.

Deadlines for Purchasing Stock

         The subscription  offering will terminate at 12:00 noon,  eastern time,
on _____________, 2004. We may extend this expiration date without notice to you
for up to 45 days,  until  _____________,  2004. Once  submitted,  your order is
irrevocable unless the offering is extended beyond  _____________,  2004. We may
request  permission from the Office of Thrift Supervision to extend the offering
beyond  _____________,  2004, and the Office of Thrift Supervision may grant one
or more  extensions  of the offering of up to 90 days per  extension,  but in no
event may the offering be extended beyond

                                       84



_____________,  2006. If the offering is extended beyond _____________, 2004, we
will be required to notify each subscriber and resolicit  subscriptions.  During
any extension period, subscribers will have the right to modify or rescind their
subscriptions,  and, unless an affirmative  response is received, a subscriber's
funds will be returned  with interest at St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank's
regular  savings account rate. A community  offering and a syndicated  community
offering,  if such  offerings are  conducted,  may terminate at any time without
notice but no later than _____________, 2004.

         We may cancel the offering at any time prior to the special  meeting of
members  of the Bank to vote on the plan of  conversion.  If we do,  orders  for
common stock already  submitted will be canceled and subscribers'  funds will be
returned with interest at St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank's regular savings
account rate.

Community Offering and Syndicated Community Offering


         Community  Offering.  If less than the total number of shares of common
stock to be subscribed for in the offering are sold in the subscription offering
and depending on market conditions at or near the completion of the subscription
offering,  shares  remaining  unsubscribed may be made available for purchase in
the community  offering to certain  members of the general  public.  The maximum
amount of common stock that any person ^ may purchase in the community  offering
is 10,000 shares, or $100,000. In the community offering, if any, shares will be
available  for  purchase by the general  public with  preference  given first to
natural persons  residing in Philadelphia  County,  Pennsylvania  and Gloucester
County,  New Jersey.  We will attempt to issue the shares in a manner that would
promote a wide distribution of common stock.


         If purchasers in the community  offering,  whose orders would otherwise
be accepted,  subscribe for more shares than are  available  for  purchase,  the
shares  available to them will be allocated among persons  submitting  orders in
the community offering in an equitable manner we determine.

         The  community  offering,  if any,  may commence  simultaneously  with,
during  or  subsequent  to the  completion  of the  subscription  offering.  The
community  offering,  if any,  must  be  completed  within  45  days  after  the
completion of the subscription  offering unless otherwise extended by the Office
of Thrift Supervision.

         We, in our absolute discretion,  reserve the right to reject any or all
orders in whole or in part which are received in the community offering,  at the
time of  receipt  or as soon as  practicable  following  the  completion  of the
community offering.

         Syndicated  Community  Offering.  If shares remain  available after the
subscription  offering,  and  depending  on  market  conditions  at or near  the
completion of the subscription offering, we may offer shares to selected persons
through a  syndicated  community  offering  on a  best-efforts  basis  conducted
through Sandler O'Neill in accordance with such terms, conditions and procedures
as may be  determined by the Boards of Directors of SE Financial  Corp.  and St.
Edmond's Federal Savings Bank. A syndicate of broker-dealers  (selected dealers)
may be formed  to assist in the  syndicated  community  offering.  A  syndicated
community  offering,  if we conducted  one,  would commence just prior to, or as
soon as practicable after, the termination of the subscription offering.

         Orders received in connection with the syndicated  community  offering,
if any, will receive a lower priority than orders  received in the  subscription
offering and community offering.  Common stock sold in the syndicated  community
offering will be sold at the same price as all other shares in the subscription

                                       85




offering.  A syndicated  community  offering would be open to the general public
beyond the local  community^;  however,  we have the right to reject orders,  in
whole or in part, in our sole discretion in the syndicated  community  offering.
No person ^ will be permitted to purchase more than 10,000 shares,  or $100,000,
of common stock in the syndicated community offering.


         The date by which orders must be received in the  syndicated  community
offering  will  be set by us at  the  time  the  syndicated  community  offering
commences;   but  if  the  syndicated  community  offering  is  extended  beyond
_______________,  2004,  each purchaser  will have the  opportunity to maintain,
modify,  or  rescind  his  order.  In that  event,  all  funds  received  in the
syndicated  community  offering will be promptly  returned with interest to each
purchaser unless he requests otherwise.

Limitations on Purchases of Stock

         The following additional  limitations have been imposed on purchases of
shares of common stock:


          1.   The  maximum  number of  shares  which  may be  purchased  in the
               offering  by any  individual  (or  individuals  through  a single
               account)  shall not exceed  10,000  shares,  or $100,000.  This ^
               limit  applies to stock  purchases in total in the  subscription,
               community and ^ syndicated community offerings.

          2.   The  maximum  number  of  shares  that  may be  purchased  by any
               individual  ^  together  with any  associate  or group of persons
               acting in  concert  is 20,000  shares,  or  $200,000.  This limit
               applies  to  stock  purchases  in  total  in  the   subscription,
               community and public offerings.  This limit does not apply to the
               Bank's  employee stock benefit plans,  which in the aggregate may
               subscribe  for  up to  10%  of the  common  stock  issued  in the
               offering.


          3.   The  maximum  number of  shares  which  may be  purchased  in all
               categories  in the  offering by  officers  and  directors  of St.
               Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank  and  their  associates  in  the
               aggregate  shall not  exceed  34% of the  total  number of shares
               issued in the offering.

          4.   The minimum order is 25 shares.

          5.   If the number of shares otherwise allocable to any person or that
               person's  associates  would be in excess of the maximum number of
               shares  permitted  as set  forth  above,  the  number  of  shares
               allocated   to  that  person  shall  be  reduced  to  the  lowest
               limitation  applicable  to that  person,  and then the  number of
               shares  allocated to each group  consisting  of a person and that
               person's  associates  shall  be  reduced  so that  the  aggregate
               allocation  to that person and his  associates  complies with the
               above  maximums,  and the  maximum  number  of  shares  shall  be
               reallocated among that person and his associates in proportion to
               the shares  subscribed by each (after first applying the maximums
               applicable to each person, separately).

          6.   Depending  on  market  or  financial  conditions,  the  Board  of
               Directors of St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank,  without further
               approval of the depositors, may decrease or increase the purchase
               limitations  in the  plan,  provided  that the  maximum  purchase
               limitations  may not be increased to a percentage in excess of 5%
               of the  offering.  If SE Financial  Corp.  increases  the maximum
               purchase  limitations,  SE Financial  Corp.  is only  required to
               resolicit  persons who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount
               and may, in the sole discretion of SE Financial Corp.,  resolicit
               certain other large subscribers.

                                       86




          7.   If the total number of shares  offered  increases in the offering
               due to an  increase  in the  maximum of the  estimated  valuation
               range of up to 15% (the adjusted  maximum) the additional  shares
               will be used in the following order of priority:  (a) to fill the
               Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan's  subscription  up to 8% of the
               adjusted maximum (unless the employee stock ownership plan elects
               to purchase stock subsequent to the offering in the open market);
               (b) if  there  is an  oversubscription  at the  Eligible  Account
               Holder level, to fill unfilled  subscriptions of Eligible Account
               Holders  exclusive  of the adjusted  maximum;  (c) if there is an
               oversubscription  at the ^ Other Member  level,  to fill unfilled
               subscriptions  of ^  Other  Members  exclusive  of  the  adjusted
               maximum;  (d) ^ to fill orders  received in a community  offering
               exclusive  of the  adjusted  maximum,  with  preference  given to
               persons who live in the local community;  and ^(e) to fill orders
               received in the syndicated  community  offering  exclusive of the
               adjusted maximum.


          8.   No person will be allowed to purchase any stock if that  purchase
               would be illegal under any federal law or state law or regulation
               or  would   violate   regulations   or   policies  of  the  NASD,
               particularly  those  regarding  free riding and  withholding.  SE
               Financial Corp. or St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank and/or its
               agents may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser
               regarding  the  legality of the  purchase and may refuse to honor
               any purchase order if that opinion is not timely furnished.

          9.   The  Board  of  Directors  has the  right  to  reject  any  order
               submitted  by a person  whose  representations  it  believes  are
               untrue or who it believes is violating, circumventing, or intends
               to violate,  evade, or circumvent the terms and conditions of the
               plan, either alone or acting in concert with others.

          10.  The above  restrictions also apply to purchases by persons acting
               in concert under  applicable  regulations of the Office of Thrift
               Supervision.   Under   regulations   of  the   Office  of  Thrift
               Supervision,  directors of St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank are
               not considered to be affiliates or a group acting in concert with
               other directors solely as a result of membership on the Board.

               11.  In  addition,   in  any  community  offering  or  syndicated
               community  offering,  we must  first  fill  orders for our common
               stock  up  to a  maximum  of 2%  of  the  shares  issued  in  the
               conversion in a manner that will achieve a wide  distribution  of
               the stock,  and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated
               ^ on an equal number of shares per order basis,  until all orders
               have been filled or the shares have been exhausted.


         The term "associate" of a person is defined in the plan to mean:

          (1)  any  corporation or  organization of which a person is an officer
               or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of
               10% or more of any class of equity securities;

          (2)  any  trust or other  estate in which a person  has a  substantial
               beneficial  interest or as to which a person serves as trustee or
               in a similar fiduciary capacity; or

          (3)  any  relative or spouse of a person or any  relative of a spouse,
               who has the same  home as that  person  or who is a  director  or
               officer  of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank,  or any of its
               parents or subsidiaries.

                                       87



         For  example,  a  corporation  for which a person  serves as an officer
would  be an  associate  of  that  person  and  all  shares  purchased  by  that
corporation  would be  included  with the  number of shares  which  that  person
individually could purchase under the above limitations.

         The term "acting in concert" means:

          (1)  knowing  participation  in a  joint  activity  or  interdependent
               conscious  parallel  action  towards a common goal whether or not
               pursuant to an express agreement; or

          (2)  a  combination  or  pooling of voting or other  interests  in the
               securities  of an issuer  for a common  purpose  pursuant  to any
               contract,   understanding,   relationship,   agreement  or  other
               arrangement, whether written or otherwise.


         A person or  company  which  acts in  concert  with  another  person or
company  ("other  party")  shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any
person or company who is also acting in concert  with that other  party,  except
that any  tax-qualified  employee  stock  benefit  plan will not be deemed to be
acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar  capacity
solely for the  purpose of  determining  whether  stock held by the  trustee and
stock held by the plan will be aggregated.  We will presume that certain persons
are acting in concert based upon various facts,  including the fact that persons
have joint account  relationships or the fact that such persons have filed joint
Schedules 13D with the Securities and Exchange  Commission with respect to other
companies.  We reserve  the right to make an  independent  investigation  of any
facts or circumstances brought to ^ our attention that indicate that one or more
persons acting  independently  or as a group acting in concert may be attempting
to violate or circumvent the regulatory  prohibition on the  transferability  of
subscription rights.


         We have  the  right,  in our  sole  discretion,  to  determine  whether
prospective   purchasers  are   "associates"   or  "acting  in  concert."  These
determinations  are in our sole discretion and may be based on whatever evidence
we believe to be  relevant,  including  joint  account  relationships  or shared
addresses on the Bank's records.

         Each person  purchasing shares of the common stock in the offering will
be considered to have  confirmed that his or her purchase does not conflict with
the maximum purchase  limitation.  If the purchase limitation is violated by any
person or any associate or group of persons  affiliated  or otherwise  acting in
concert with that person, we will have the right to purchase from that person at
the $10.00 purchase price per share all shares acquired by that person in excess
of that  purchase  limitation  or, if the excess  shares  have been sold by that
person, to receive the difference  between the purchase price per share paid for
the excess  shares and the price at which the  excess  shares  were sold by that
person. Our right to purchase the excess shares will be assignable.

         Common  stock  purchased  pursuant  to  the  offering  will  be  freely
transferable,  except for shares  purchased  by  directors  and  officers of St.
Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank.  For certain  restrictions  on the common stock
purchased  by  directors  and  officers,  see The  Offering  -  Restrictions  on
Transferability by Directors and Officers. In addition,  under guidelines of the
NASD,  members  of  the  NASD  and  their  associates  are  subject  to  certain
restrictions  on  the  transfer  of  securities  purchased  in  accordance  with
subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements after the purchase.

                                       88



Ordering and Receiving Common Stock

         Use of Order  Forms.  Rights  to  subscribe  may only be  exercised  by
completion of an order form.  Any person  receiving an order form who desires to
subscribe  for  shares  of  common  stock  must do so  prior  to the  applicable
expiration  date by  delivering  by mail or in  person to St.  Edmond's  Federal
Savings Bank a properly  executed and completed  order form,  together with full
payment of the  purchase  price for all shares for which  subscription  is made;
provided,  however,  that if the employee plans  subscribe for shares during the
subscription  offering,  the employee  plans will not be required to pay for the
shares  at the time  they  subscribe  but  rather  may pay for the  shares  upon
completion of the conversion. All subscription rights under the plan will expire
on the expiration  date,  whether or not St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank has
been able to locate each person entitled to subscription  rights. Once tendered,
subscription  orders  cannot be revoked  without  the  consent  of St.  Edmond's
Federal Savings Bank.

         If a stock order form:

o    is not delivered and is returned to St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank by
     the United States Postal Service or St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank is
     unable to locate the addressee;

o    is not received or is received after the applicable expiration date;

o    is not completed correctly or executed; or

o    is not accompanied by the full required  payment for the shares  subscribed
     for including instances where a savings account or certificate balance from
     which  withdrawal  is  authorized  is  insufficient  to fund  the  required
     payment, but excluding subscriptions by the employee plans;

then the  subscription  rights for that  person will lapse as though that person
failed to return the completed order form within the time period specified.


         However, we may, but will not be required to, waive any irregularity on
any order  form or  require  the  submission  of  corrected  order  forms or the
remittance of full payment for subscribed  shares by a date that we may specify.
The waiver of an  irregularity  on an order form in no way obligates us to waive
any other  irregularity on any other order form. Waivers will be considered on a
case by case  basis.  We will not be  required  to  accept  orders  received  on
photocopies or facsimile order forms, or for which payment is to be made by wire
transfer or payment from private third parties.  Our interpretation of the terms
and conditions of the plan and of the  acceptability  of the order forms will be
final, subject to the authority of the Office of Thrift Supervision.

         To ensure that each  purchaser  receives a prospectus at least 48 hours
before the  applicable  expiration  date, in accordance  with Rule 15c2-8 of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  no  prospectus  will be mailed any later than
five days prior to the  expiration  date or ^ delivered  any later than two days
prior to the expiration  date.  Execution of the order form will confirm receipt
or delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Order forms will only be distributed
with a prospectus.


         Payment  for Shares.  For  subscriptions  to be valid,  payment for all
subscribed  shares will be required to accompany  all properly  completed  order
forms,  on or prior to the expiration date specified on the order form unless we
extend the date.  Employee plans  subscribing for shares during the subscription
offering may pay for those shares upon completion of the conversion. Payment for
shares of common stock may be made

                                       89



o    in cash, if delivered in person;
o    by check or money order made payable to St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank;
     or
o    for shares subscribed for in the subscription offering, by authorization of
     withdrawal  from savings  accounts  maintained  with St.  Edmond's  Federal
     Savings Bank.


^

         Appropriate  means by which account  withdrawals  may be authorized are
provided on the order form. Once a withdrawal has been  authorized,  none of the
designated  withdrawal  amount may be used by a subscriber for any purpose other
than to purchase the common stock for which a  subscription  has been made until
the  offering  has  been  completed  or  terminated.  In the  case  of  payments
authorized  to be made  through  withdrawal  from  savings  accounts,  all  sums
authorized  for  withdrawal  will continue to earn interest at the contract rate
until the offering has been  completed or  terminated.  Interest  penalties  for
early  withdrawal   applicable  to  certificate   accounts  will  not  apply  to
withdrawals  authorized  for the  purchase  of  shares^;  however,  if a partial
withdrawal  results  in a  certificate  account  with a  balance  less  than the
applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate shall be canceled at the
time of  withdrawal,  without  penalty,  and the  remaining  balance  will  earn
interest at the regular savings  account rate  subsequent to the withdrawal.  In
the case of  payments  made in cash or by check or money  order,  funds  will be
placed in a segregated account and interest will be paid by St. Edmond's Federal
Savings  Bank at the  regular  savings  account  rate from the date  payment  is
received until the offering is completed or terminated.  An executed order form,
once we receive  it, may not be  modified,  amended,  or  rescinded  without our
consent,  unless  the  offering  is not  completed  within  45  days  after  the
conclusion of the subscription offering, in which event subscribers may be given
the  opportunity  to increase,  decrease,  or rescind their  subscription  for a
specified  period of time. If the offering is not completed for any reason,  all
funds  submitted  pursuant  to the  offerings  will be  promptly  refunded  with
interest as described above.

         Owners  of  self-directed  IRAs may use the  assets  of  their  IRAs to
purchase  shares of common stock in the offerings,  provided that their IRAs are
not maintained on deposit at St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank.  Persons with
IRAs  maintained at St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank must have their accounts
transferred  to an  unaffiliated  institution  or broker to  purchase  shares of
common  stock in the  offerings.  There is no early  withdrawal  or IRS interest
penalties for these  transfers.  Instructions  on how to transfer  self-directed
IRAs maintained at St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank can be obtained from the ^
conversion  center.  Depositors  interested  in using  funds  in a St.  Edmond's
Federal  Savings  Bank  IRA  to  purchase  common  stock  should  contact  the ^
conversion  center  as soon as  possible  so that  the  necessary  forms  may be
forwarded, executed and returned prior to the expiration date.


         Federal  regulations  prohibit St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank from
lending funds or extending  credit to any person to purchase the common stock in
the conversion.

         Conversion  Center.  The  conversion  center is located at 1901-03 East
Passyunk  Avenue,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19148. Its phone number is (215)
___-____.

         Delivery of Stock Certificates.  Certificates representing common stock
issued in the  offering  will be mailed to the persons  entitled  thereto at the
address noted on the order form, as soon as practicable  following completion of
the offering.  Any  certificates  returned as  undeliverable  will be held until
claimed  by  persons  legally  entitled  thereto  or  otherwise  disposed  of in
accordance  with  applicable  law. Until  certificates  for the common stock are
available and delivered to subscribers,  subscribers may not be able to sell the
shares of stock for which they subscribed.

                                       90



Restrictions on Repurchase of Shares

         Generally, during the first year following the conversion, SE Financial
Corp.  may  not   repurchase  its  shares  unless  it  can  show   extraordinary
circumstances.  If extraordinary  circumstances  exist and if SE Financial Corp.
can show a compelling and valid business purpose for the repurchase,  the Office
of Thrift  Supervision  may approve  repurchases of up to 5% of the  outstanding
stock during the first year after conversion. After the first year following the
conversion,  we can  repurchase  any  amount of stock so long as the  repurchase
would not cause the Bank to become undercapitalized. In addition, Securities and
Exchange  Commission  rules also govern the method,  time,  price, and number of
shares of  common  stock  that may be  repurchased  by SE  Financial  Corp.  and
affiliated  purchasers.  If, in the future, the rules and regulations  regarding
the  repurchase of stock are  liberalized,  SE Financial  Corp.  may utilize the
rules and regulations then in effect.

Stock Pricing and the Number of Shares to be Offered


         FinPro,  ^ Inc.  has been  retained  to  prepare  an  appraisal  of the
estimated  pro  forma  market  value  of  the  common  stock  (the  "Independent
Valuation")^  in  accordance  with  applicable  regulations  and policies of the
Office of Thrift  Supervision.  The  independent  valuation  will  express ^ St.
Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank's pro forma market value in terms of an aggregate
dollar  amount.  The  appraisal  is an  independent  appraisal  reviewed but not
approved by the Board of Directors. ^

         The number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering will
be based on the  estimated  pro forma  market  value of the common stock and the
purchase price of $10.00 per share. FinPro has determined that as of January 20,
2004, ^ St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank's estimated aggregate pro forma market
value was $17,500,000.  Pursuant to regulations,  this estimate must be included
within a range with a minimum of $14,875,000  and a maximum of  $20,125,000.  We
have  determined  to offer  shares of common stock in the offering at a price of
$10.00 per share.  The  appraisal  contains  an analysis of a number of factors,
including  but not  limited to the Bank's  financial  condition  and  results of
operations as of October 31, 2003, the Bank's operating trends,  the competitive
environment  in  which  it  operates,   operating   trends  of  certain  savings
institutions  and  savings  and  loan  holding   companies,   relevant  economic
conditions both  nationally and in  Pennsylvania  which affect the operations of
savings  institutions,  stock market values of certain  institutions,  and stock
market conditions for publicly traded savings  institutions and savings and loan
holding companies.  In addition,  FinPro considered the effect of the additional
capital raised by the sale of the common stock on the estimated pro forma market
value.

         We are offering a maximum of 2,012,500 shares in the offering,  subject
to  adjustment.  The actual  number of shares to be sold in the  offering may be
increased or decreased  before  completion of the offering,  subject to approval
and  conditions  that may be  imposed by the  Office of Thrift  Supervision,  to
reflect any change in ^ St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank's estimated pro forma
market value.


         Depending  on  market  and  financial  conditions  at the  time  of the
completion of the offering,  St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank may increase or
decrease the number of shares to be issued in the  conversion  and offering.  No
resolicitation  of purchasers  will be made and purchasers will not be permitted
to modify or cancel  their  purchase  orders  unless the change in the number of
shares to be issued in the offering  results in fewer than  1,487,500  shares or
more than  2,314,375  shares being sold in the offering at the purchase price of
$10.00,  in which  event St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank may also elect to
terminate the offering.  If St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank  terminates the
offering,  purchasers  will receive a prompt  refund of their  purchase  orders,
together  with interest  earned  thereon from the date of receipt to the date of
termination of the offering.  Furthermore, any account withdrawal authorizations
will

                                       91




be  terminated.  If we receive  orders for less than  1,487,500  shares,  at the
discretion  of the Board of  Directors  and subject to approval of the Office of
Thrift  Supervision,  we  may  establish  a new  offering  range  and  resolicit
purchasers.  If we  resolicit,  purchasers  will be  allowed to modify or cancel
their purchase orders.  Any adjustments in ^ St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank's
pro forma  market  value as a result of market  and  financial  conditions  or a
resolicitation  of  prospective  purchasers  must be  approved  by the Office of
Thrift Supervision.


         The independent valuation will be updated at the time of the completion
of the offering,  and the number of shares to be issued may increase or decrease
to reflect the changes in market conditions, the results of the offering, or the
estimated pro forma market value of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank. If the
updated  independent  valuation  increases,  SE Financial Corp. may increase the
number of shares sold in the  offering to up to  2,314,375  shares.  Subscribers
will not be given the opportunity to change or withdraw their orders unless more
than 2,314,375  shares or fewer than 1,487,500  shares are sold in the offering.
Any adjustment of shares of common stock sold will have a  corresponding  effect
on the estimated  net proceeds of the offering and the pro forma  capitalization
and per share data of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank.  An increase in the
total  number  of  shares  to be  issued  in the  conversion  would  decrease  a
subscriber's  percentage ownership interest and pro forma net worth (book value)
per share and increase the pro forma net income and net worth (book value) on an
aggregate  basis.  In the event of a reduction  in the  valuation,  SE Financial
Corp.  may  decrease  the number of shares to be issued to reflect  the  reduced
valuation.  A decrease  in the  number of shares to be issued in the  conversion
would increase a subscriber's  percentage  ownership  interest and the pro forma
net worth (book  value) per share and  decrease the pro forma net income and net
worth on an aggregate  basis.  For a presentation of the possible  effects of an
increase or decrease in the number of shares to be issued, see Pro Forma Data.


         The  following  table  compares  the pro forma  price to core  earnings
multiple and pro forma price to tangible  book ratio for SE Financial  Corp.  to
the median price to core earnings  multiple and price to tangible book ratio for
the comparable publicly traded peer group companies  identified in the valuation
report.  See Pro Forma Data on page __ for a description of the assumptions used
in calculating SE Financial  Corp.'s pro forma price to core earnings  multiples
and pro forma price to tangible book ratios.



                                                                Pro Forma         Pro Forma
                                                              Price to Core       Price to
                                                                 Earnings         Tangible
                                                                 Multiple        Book Ratio
                                                                 --------        ----------
                                                                           
SE Financial Corp.(1):
     Minimum (1,487,500 shares sold).......................         25.64x          73.15%
     Midpoint (1,750,000 shares sold)......................         30.30x          77.40%
     Maximum (2,012,500 shares sold).......................         33.33x          80.84%
     Maximum, as adjusted (2,314,375 shares sold)..........         38.46x          84.10%

                                                              Price to Core       Price to
                                                                 Earnings         Tangible
                                                                 Multiple        Book Ratio
                                                                 --------        ----------
Median for comparable peer group companies.................         18.48x         129.65%
Mean for comparable peer group companies...................         22.42x         133.68%


- -----------
(1)  The price/core  earnings  multiples  shown here for SE Financial  Corp. are
     based on core  earnings  for the twelve  months  ended  October 31, 2003 as
     required  by  regulatory  appraisal   guidelines,   while  the  information
     presented  in the  tables  under Pro Forma  Data on page __ is based on net
     income for the twelve months ended October 31, 2003.


                                       92




         The  ratios  presented  above are  commonly  requested  by  prospective
investors  in order to determine  whether or not the stock meets the  investor's
investment  criteria.  Because of  differences  and  important  factors  such as
operating characteristics, financial performance, asset size, capital structure,
and business  prospects between us and other fully converted  institutions,  you
should not rely on these  comparative  valuation  ratios as an  indication as to
whether or not the stock is an appropriate investment for you.

         FinPro,   Inc.'s  valuation  takes  into  account  the  effect  of  the
additional  capital  raised  by the sale of the  common  stock  on St.  Edmond's
Federal  Savings  Bank's  estimated  pro forma market  value.  In preparing  its
independent  valuation,  FinPro,  Inc.  focused  primarily  on the price to core
earnings  and price to tangible  book  valuation  methodologies.  Core  earnings
differ from net income as presented in the income  statement.  Core earnings are
net income before  extraordinary items, less the after-tax portion of investment
securities,  nonrecurring items and other gains on sale. FinPro, Inc. chose this
metric as a means of excluding components of income that are not likely to recur
and are therefore  considered by FinPro,  Inc. to be less reliable for valuation
purposes.

         FinPro,  Inc.'s  valuation  is based  on an  analysis  of St.  Edmond's
Federal  Savings  Bank  relative to a selected  group of  fourteen  "comparable"
financial  institutions that are "fully converted".  FinPro, Inc. made valuation
adjustments relative to the "comparable" group based on the following factors:

o    financial condition;
o    balance sheet growth;
o    earnings quality, predictability and growth;
o    market area;
o    cash dividends;
o    liquidity of the issue; and
o    recent regulatory matters.

         The  valuation  of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank is priced at a
discount  relative  to the  comparable  group's  price to  tangible  book  value
multiple. In determining the valuation, FinPro, Inc. has made adjustments to the
market value relative to the comparable group. Taken collectively,  FinPro, Inc.
determined  that the  value of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank  should  be
discounted  relative to the comparable  group multiples,  for reasons  including
that  the  comparable  group  consists  of  Nasdaq  traded  companies,  while SE
Financial  Corp.  will not  trade on  Nasdaq  and thus will not have as active a
trading market.  FinPro,  Inc. also considered the quality,  predictability  and
growth of St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank's earnings,  its financial condition
and its market area relative to that of the  comparable  group,  and  determined
that a downward  adjustment to the  appraisal  was warranted  because of how St.
Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank compared to the comparable  group.  FinPro,  Inc.
also considered the pricing of other thrift stock issuances in the appraisal.


         The independent  valuation is not intended,  and must not be construed,
as a recommendation  of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing the common
stock. In preparing the independent valuation,  FinPro has relied on and assumed
the accuracy and completeness of financial and statistical  information provided
by St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank.  FinPro did not  independently  verify the
consolidated financial statements and other information provided by St. Edmond's
Federal  Savings  Bank,  nor did  FinPro  value  independently  the  assets  and
liabilities of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank. The  independent  valuation
considers St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank only as a going concern and should
not be  considered  as a indication  of the  liquidation  value of St.  Edmond's
Federal Savings Bank.  Moreover,  because the independent  valuation is based on
estimates and  projections  on a number of matters,  all of which are subject to
change from time

                                       93



to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing the common stock will
be able to sell their  shares at a price equal to or greater  than the  purchase
price.  In addition,  the Board of Directors of SE Financial Corp. does not make
any  recommendation as to whether or not the stock will be a good investment for
you.


         No sale of shares  of  common  stock  may be  completed  unless  FinPro
confirms  that, to the best of its knowledge,  nothing of a material  nature has
occurred that, taking into account all relevant  factors,  would cause FinPro to
conclude that the independent  valuation is incompatible  with its estimate of ^
St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank's pro forma market value at the conclusion of
the offering.  Any change that would result in an aggregate  value that is below
$14,875,000  or  above   $23,143,750  would  be  subject  to  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision approval. If confirmation from FinPro is not received,  St. Edmond's
Federal Savings Bank may extend the offering, reopen or commence a new offering,
request a new Independent Valuation, establish a new offering range and commence
a  resolicitation  of all  purchasers  with the approval of the Office of Thrift
Supervision,  or  take  other  action  as  permitted  by the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision in order to complete the offering.

         FinPro is  experienced  in the  valuation  and  appraisal  of  business
entities,  including  savings  institutions,  and  is  recognized  as an  expert
conversion appraiser by the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation.  FinPro has acted as the appraiser in nine conversions of
various structures  completed since January 1, 2000. FinPro will receive fees of
$28,000 for its  appraisal  services  for St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank,
including the final  appraisal,  and  assistance in  preparation of the business
plan, and $6,500 for any appraisal  updates,  plus  reimbursement for reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the independent valuation and
business plan. St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank has agreed to indemnify FinPro
under certain  circumstances  against liabilities and expenses arising out of or
based on any  misstatement  or untrue  statement of a material fact contained in
the information supplied by St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank to FinPro,  except
where  FinPro is  determined  to have been  negligent  or failed to exercise due
diligence in the preparation of the independent valuation.


Plan of Distribution/Marketing Arrangements


         Offering  materials have been initially  distributed to certain persons
by mail, with additional  copies made available  through ^ the conversion center
and Sandler O'Neill. All prospective  purchasers are to send payment directly to
St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank,  where such funds will be held in a separate
escrow  account  earning  interest at the regular  savings  account rate and not
released until the offering is completed or terminated.

         We have engaged Sandler  O'Neill,  a broker-dealer  registered with the
NASD, as a financial and  marketing  advisor in connection  with the offering of
our common  stock.  In its role as  financial  and  marketing  advisor,  Sandler
O'Neill  will assist us in the  offering as follows:  (i)  consulting  as to the
securities  marketing  implications  of any aspect of the plan of  conversion or
related  corporate  documents;  (ii)  reviewing  with our Board of Directors the
financial  implications of the independent  appraiser's  appraisal of the common
stock; (iii) reviewing all offering documents,  including the prospectus,  stock
order  forms  and  related  offering  materials  (we  are  responsible  for  the
preparation  and filing of such  documents);  (iv)  assisting  in the design and
implementation  of a marketing  strategy for the  offering;  (v) assisting us in
preparing for meetings with  potential  investors and  broker-dealers;  and (vi)
providing  such other  general  advice and  assistance  regarding  financial and
marketing  aspects of the conversion.  For these services,  Sandler O'Neill will
receive a fee of 1% of the ^ aggregate dollar amount of the common stock sold in
the

                                       94




subscription and ^ community offerings if the conversion is consummated. We have
made an advance payment of $25,000 to Sandler O'Neill.

         To the extent any shares of the common stock remain available after the
subscription and ^ community offering, Sandler O'Neill, at our request, may seek
to form a syndicate of registered  broker-dealers  to assist in the solicitation
of orders of the common stock in a syndicated community offering, subject to the
terms and conditions to be set forth in a selected dealer's  agreement.  Sandler
O'Neill has agreed to use its best efforts to assist us with the solicitation of
subscriptions  and  orders  for  shares of our  common  stock in the  syndicated
community  offering.  Sandler  O'Neill is not  obligated to take or purchase any
shares of our common stock in the  offering.  Sandler  O'Neill has  expressed no
opinion  as to the prices at which the  common  stock may trade nor has  Sandler
O'Neill  provided any written  report or opinion to us as to the fairness of the
conversion.  If there is a syndicated community offering, the total fees payable
to Sandler  O'Neill  and other NASD  member  firms in the  syndicated  community
offering shall not exceed 7% of the aggregate  dollar amount of the common stock
sold in the syndicated community offering.


         In addition, we have engaged Sandler O'Neill to act as conversion agent
in  connection  with the  offering.  In its role as  conversion  agent,  Sandler
O'Neill will assist us in the offering as follows: (i) consolidation of accounts
and  development  of a central file;  (ii)  preparation  of proxy,  order and/or
request forms; (iii) organization and supervision of the conversion center; (iv)
proxy solicitation and special meeting services;  and (v) subscription services.
For  these  services,  Sandler  O'Neill  will  receive  a  fee  of  $10,000  and
reimbursement for its reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses. For these services, we
have made an advance payment of $5,000 to Sandler O'Neill.

         We also will reimburse Sandler O'Neill for its reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses  associated  with its  marketing  effort,  up to a maximum  of  $50,000
(including legal fees and expenses).  If the plan of conversion is terminated or
if Sandler  O'Neill  terminates  its agreement  with us in  accordance  with the
provisions of the agreement,  Sandler O'Neill will only receive reimbursement of
its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We will indemnify Sandler O'Neill against
liabilities  and expenses  (including  legal fees)  incurred in connection  with
certain claims or litigation  arising out of or based upon untrue  statements or
omissions  contained in the offering  material for the common  stock,  including
liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

         Our  directors  and  executive  officers  will not  participate  in the
solicitation  of offers to purchase  common stock.  Other trained  employees may
participate in the offering in ministerial  capacities,  providing clerical work
in effecting a sales transaction or answering questions of a ministerial nature.
Other  questions  of  prospective  purchasers  will be  directed  to  registered
representatives of Sandler O'Neill.  No officer,  director,  or employee will be
compensated  for his  participation  by the  payment  of  commissions  or  other
remuneration  based either  directly or  indirectly on the  transactions  in the
common stock.

         The  offering  will  comply  with  the   requirements   of  Rule  10b-9
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

                                       95



Restrictions on Transferability by Directors and Officers

         Shares of the common  stock  purchased  by  directors or officers of SE
Financial Corp. cannot be sold for a period of one year following  completion of
the  conversion,  except  for a  disposition  of  shares  after  the  death of a
stockholder.  To ensure this  restriction is upheld,  shares of the common stock
issued to directors and officers will bear a legend  restricting their sale. Any
shares issued to directors  and officers as a stock  dividend,  stock split,  or
otherwise  with  respect  to  restricted  stock  will  be  subject  to the  same
restriction.

         For a period of three years  following the  conversion,  no director or
officer  of SE  Financial  Corp.  or their  associates  may,  without  the prior
approval of the Office of Thrift  Supervision,  purchase our common stock except
from a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange  Commission.
This prohibition does not apply to negotiated  transactions  including more than
1% of our common stock or purchases made for tax qualified or non-tax  qualified
employee stock benefit plans which may be attributable to individual officers or
directors.

Restrictions on Agreements or Understandings  Regarding Transfer of Common Stock
to be Purchased in the Offering

         Before the completion of the conversion and offering,  no depositor may
transfer  or  enter  into  an  agreement  or   understanding   to  transfer  any
subscription rights or the legal or beneficial ownership of the shares of common
stock to be purchased in the offering.  Depositors who submit an order form will
be required to certify  that their  purchase of common stock is solely for their
own account and there is no agreement  or  understanding  regarding  the sale or
transfer of their  shares.  We intend to pursue any and all legal and  equitable
remedies after we become aware of any agreement or  understanding,  and will not
honor orders we  reasonably  believe to involve an  agreement  or  understanding
regarding the sale or transfer of shares.

                RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF SE FINANCIAL CORP.

General

         The principal federal  regulatory  restrictions that affect the ability
of any  person,  firm or entity to  acquire SE  Financial  Corp.,  St.  Edmond's
Federal Savings Bank or their respective capital stock are described below. Also
discussed  are  certain   provisions  in  SE  Financial   Corp.'s   articles  of
incorporation  and bylaws which may be deemed to affect the ability of a person,
firm or entity to acquire SE Financial Corp.

Statutory and Regulatory Restrictions on Acquisition

         The Change in Bank Control Act provides that no person, acting directly
or  indirectly  or  through or in concert  with one or more other  persons,  may
acquire control of a savings institution unless the Office of Thrift Supervision
has been given 60 days prior written notice.  The Home Owners' Loan Act provides
that no company may acquire "control" of a savings institution without the prior
approval of the Office of Thrift  Supervision.  Any company that  acquires  such
control  becomes a savings and loan  holding  company  subject to  registration,
examination  and  regulation  by the Office of Thrift  Supervision.  Pursuant to
federal regulations,  control of a savings institution is conclusively deemed to
have been acquired by, among other things,  the  acquisition of more than 25% of
any class of voting  stock of the  institution  or the  ability to  control  the
election of a majority of the directors of an institution. Moreover, control is

                                       96



presumed to have been  acquired,  subject to rebuttal,  upon the  acquisition of
more than 10% of any class of voting stock,  or of more than 25% of any class of
stock of a savings  institution,  where certain enumerated "control factors" are
also present in the acquisition.

         The Office of Thrift Supervision may prohibit an acquisition of control
if:

o    it would result in a monopoly or substantially lessen competition;

o    the  financial  condition  of the  acquiring  person might  jeopardize  the
     financial stability of the institution; or

o    the competence,  experience or integrity of the acquiring  person indicates
     that it would not be in the interest of the  depositors or of the public to
     permit the acquisition of control by such person.

         These  restrictions  do not  apply  to  the  acquisition  of a  savings
institution's capital stock by one or more tax-qualified  employee stock benefit
plans, provided that the plans do not have beneficial ownership of more than 25%
of any class of equity security of the savings institution.

         For a period of three years  following  completion  of the  conversion,
Office of Thrift  Supervision  regulations  generally  prohibit  any person from
acquiring or making an offer to acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of
the stock of SE Financial  Corp. or St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank without
Office of Thrift Supervision approval.

Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of SE Financial Corp.

         The  following  discussion  is a summary of certain  provisions  of the
articles  of  incorporation  and bylaws of SE  Financial  Corp.  that  relate to
corporate  governance.  The description is necessarily  general and qualified by
reference  to the  articles  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  and  refers  to the
newly-formed Pennsylvania incorporated company.

         Classified  Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors of SE Financial
Corp.  is required  by the  articles of  incorporation  to be divided  into four
staggered  classes  which  are as equal  in size as is  possible.  One  class is
required to be elected  annually for four-year terms, and classes are elected in
series. A classified board promotes continuity and stability of management of SE
Financial  Corp.,  but  makes it more  difficult  for  stockholders  to change a
majority  of the  directors  because  it  generally  takes at least  two  annual
elections of directors for this to occur.

         Director Qualification  Provisions. SE Financial Corp.'s bylaws provide
several qualification provisions applicable to members of its Board of Directors
that serve to ensure the loyalty and  professional  integrity of each individual
director.  In  particular,  the bylaws  provide that each director  must, at all
times,  reside within 50 miles of the home office or branch  office  location of
the Company's  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank. In
addition, the bylaws provide that each director be a shareholder of SE Financial
Corp. and, at all times, hold a minimum of 500 shares of its stock.

         SE  Financial  Corp.'s  bylaws also  prohibit  persons  from serving as
director if that  individual  is currently  serving as a management  official of
another depository institution or depository holding company, as those terms are
defined by the  regulations  of the Office of Thrift  Supervision.  Further,  to
ensure the integrity and good character of SE Financial Corp.'s  directors,  the
bylaws  prohibit  a  person  from  serving  as a  director  if he:  (1) is under
indictment for, or has ever been convicted of, a criminal offense, involving

                                       97



dishonesty  or  breach  of  trust  and the  penalty  for such  offense  could be
imprisonment  for more than one year;  (2) is a person against whom a federal or
state bank regulatory agency has, within the past ten years,  issued a cease and
desist order for conduct involving  dishonesty or breach of trust and that order
is final and not subject to appeal;  (3) has been found either by any federal or
state regulatory agency whose decision is final and not subject to appeal, or by
a court to have (a) committed a wilful  violation of any law, rule or regulation
governing banking, securities,  commodities or insurance, or any final cease and
desist  order  issued  by  a  banking,  securities,   commodities  or  insurance
regulatory  agency; or (b) breached a fiduciary duty involving  personal profit;
or (4) has been nominated by a person who would be disqualified  from serving as
a director under (1), (2) or (3).


         In addition to discouraging a takeover  attempt which a majority of our
^  stockholders  might  determine  to be in their best  interest or in which our
stockholders  might  receive a premium over the current  market prices for their
shares,  the effect of these provisions may render the removal of our management
more difficult.


         Authorized but Unissued  Shares of Capital  Stock.  Following the stock
offering,  SE  Financial  Corp.  will have  authorized  but  unissued  shares of
preferred stock and common stock.  See Description of Capital Stock on page ___.
These shares  could be used by the Board of Directors to make it more  difficult
or to discourage an attempt to obtain  control of SE Financial  Corp.  through a
merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.


         Special  Meetings of  Stockholders.  SE Financial  Corp.'s  articles of
incorporation  provide that special  meetings of stockholders may be called only
by SE Financial Corp.'s ^ Board of Directors, except as provided by Pennsylvania
law.


         Prohibition  on Cumulative  Voting.  SE Financial  Corp.'s  articles of
incorporation  provide that there will not be cumulative  voting by stockholders
for the election of SE Financial Corp.'s directors.  This could prevent minority
stockholder representation on SE Financial Corp.'s Board of Directors.

         Restrictions  on  Acquisition  of  Shares  and Vote  Sterilization.  SE
Financial  Corp.'s articles of  incorporation  provide that for a period of five
years  from the date of  completion  of the  conversion,  no person may offer to
acquire or acquire  the  beneficial  ownership  of more than 10% of any class of
equity security of SE Financial  Corp. In addition,  following the expiration of
the five year  prohibition on  acquisition of shares,  all shares owned over the
10% limit may not be voted in any matter  submitted to stockholders  for a vote.
This vote sterilization provision does not have an expiration date.

         Procedures for  Stockholder  Nominations.  SE Financial  Corp.'s bylaws
provide that any  stockholder  wanting to make a nomination  for the election of
directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of stockholders  must send
written  notice to the  Secretary of SE Financial  Corp. at least 60 days before
the  anniversary  date of the prior year's annual  meeting.  The bylaws  further
provide that the Board of Directors may reject any  nominations or proposals for
new business that do not follow the prescribed  procedures.  Management believes
that it is in the best interests of SE Financial  Corp. and its  stockholders to
provide enough time for management to disclose to stockholders information about
a dissident slate of nominations for directors.  This advance notice requirement
may also give management time to solicit its own proxies in an attempt to defeat
any  dissident  slate of  nominations  if  management  thinks  it is in the best
interest  of  stockholders  generally.  Similarly,  adequate  advance  notice of
stockholder  proposals will give  management time to study such proposals and to
determine  whether to  recommend  to the  stockholders  that such  proposals  be
adopted.

                                       98



         Procedures  for Business  Combinations.  Our articles of  incorporation
prohibit any merger,  consolidation,  sale, liquidation, or dissolution (each, a
business  combination) of SE Financial  Corp. with any "interested  stockholder"
for a  period  of  five  years  following  the  interested  stockholder's  stock
acquisition  date unless the  business  combination  is approved by a two-thirds
vote of the Board prior to the stock acquisition date. An interested stockholder
is any person who, directly or indirectly,  has the right to vote or to sell 10%
or more of the  outstanding  shares.  Affiliates and associates of an interested
shareholder are also considered to be interested shareholders.

         In addition, our articles of incorporation require that at least one of
the  following  conditions  be met to engage in a business  combination  with an
interested stockholder:  (i) approval by a vote of two-thirds of the Board prior
to the interested  stockholder's  stock acquisition date and thereafter approved
by  stockholders;  (ii)  approval by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at
least  80% of the  voting  shares  not  beneficially  owned  by that  interested
stockholder  at a meeting  called for such  purpose;  or (iii)  satisfaction  of
certain minimum price conditions, as set forth in our articles of incorporation.

         In addition to the interested shareholder restrictions, our articles of
incorporation  also  require  the  affirmative  vote  of at  least  80%  of  the
outstanding  shares in order  for us to enter  into any  merger,  consolidation,
sale,  liquidation,  or dissolution of us, unless the transaction is approved by
two-thirds of our Board of Directors.

         Amendment to Articles of  Incorporation  and Bylaws.  Amendments to our
articles of incorporation must be approved by our Board of Directors and also by
the holders of a majority of the shares.  Approval by at least 80% of the shares
is  required to amend  provisions  relating to  preemptive  rights;  stockholder
meetings;  cumulative voting;  proxies;  stockholder  proposals and nominations;
directors;  removal of directors;  restrictions on the acquisition and voting of
more than 10% of the  common  stock;  approval  of  business  combinations  with
interested stockholders; directors' and officers' liability; and indemnification
of officers  and  directors;  amendment  of the  bylaws;  and  amendment  of the
articles of incorporation.

         Our  bylaws  may be  amended  by a  two-thirds  vote  of our  Board  of
Directors or by the holders of at least 80% of the shares.

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

         SE Financial  Corp. is authorized to issue  8,000,000  shares of common
stock, par value $0.10 per share and 2,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock,
no par value.  Upon payment of the purchase  price shares of common stock issued
in the  offering  will be fully  paid and  non-assessable.  Each share of common
stock  will have the same  relative  rights  as,  and will be  identical  in all
respects with, each other share of common stock. The common stock will represent
non-withdrawable  capital, will not be an account of insurable type and will not
be  insured  by  the  Federal  Deposit   Insurance   Corporation  or  any  other
governmental  agency. The Board of Directors can, without stockholder  approval,
issue additional shares of common stock.

Common Stock

         Distributions.  SE Financial  Corp.  can pay  dividends if, as and when
declared by its Board of Directors,  subject to compliance with limitations that
are imposed by law. See Dividend  Policy on page __. The holders of common stock
of SE  Financial  Corp.  will be entitled  to receive and share  equally in such
dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors of SE Financial Corp. out
of funds legally

                                       99



available  therefor.  If SE Financial Corp.  issues preferred stock, the holders
thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to
dividends.

         Voting  Rights.  The  holders of common  stock will  possess  exclusive
voting rights in SE Financial Corp. The holder of shares of common stock will be
entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters  subject to  stockholder
vote and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors.


         Liquidation  Rights. In the event of any liquidation,  dissolution,  or
winding-up  of SE Financial  Corp.,  the holders of the common  stock  generally
would be entitled to receive,  after payment of all debts and  liabilities of SE
Financial Corp.  (including all debts and  liabilities of St.  Edmond's  Federal
Savings Bank and distribution of the balance in the special  liquidation account
of St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank to eligible account ^ holders),  all assets
of SE Financial Corp. available for distribution.  If preferred stock is issued,
the holders  thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in
the event of liquidation or dissolution.


         Preemptive Rights; Redemption.  Because the holders of the common stock
do not have any preemptive  rights with respect to any shares SE Financial Corp.
may  issue,  the  Board of  Directors  may sell  shares of  capital  stock of SE
Financial Corp. without first offering such shares to existing stockholders. The
common stock will not be subject to any redemption provisions.

Preferred Stock

         We are authorized to issue up to 2,000,000  shares of serial  preferred
stock and to fix and state voting powers,  designations,  preferences,  or other
special  rights of  preferred  stock  and the  qualifications,  limitations  and
restrictions  of those  shares as the Board of  Directors  may  determine in its
discretion.  Preferred stock may be issued in distinctly  designated series, may
be  convertible  into common  stock and may rank prior to the common stock as to
dividend rights, liquidation preferences,  or both, and may have full or limited
voting rights. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting
and other rights of holders of common stock.

         The  authorized  but  unissued   shares  of  preferred  stock  and  the
authorized but unissued and unreserved  shares of common stock will be available
for issuance in future mergers or  acquisitions,  in future public  offerings or
private  placements.  Except as otherwise required to approve the transaction in
which the additional  authorized  shares of preferred stock would be issued,  no
stockholder  approval  generally  would be  required  for the  issuance of these
shares.

                             LEGAL AND TAX OPINIONS

         The  legality  of the  issuance of the common  stock being  offered and
certain  matters  relating to the conversion and federal and state taxation will
be passed upon for us by Malizia Spidi & Fisch,  PC,  Washington,  D.C.  Certain
legal matters will be passed upon for Sandler  O'Neill & Partners,  L.P. by Luse
Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C.

                                     EXPERTS

         The consolidated  financial  statements of St. Edmond's Federal Savings
Bank at  October  31,  2003 and  2002 and for each of the  years in the two year
period ended October 31, 2003 have been included in this  prospectus in reliance
upon the  report  of S.R.  Snodgrass,  A.C.,  Wexford,  Pennsylvania,  appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus,  and upon the authority of said firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.

                                       100



         FinPro,  Inc. has  consented to the  publication  in this document of a
summary of its letter to St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank setting  forth its
conclusion  as to the  estimated pro forma market value of the Bank and has also
consented to the use of its name and statements  with respect to it appearing in
this document.

                            REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

         Our common stock will be  registered  pursuant to Section  12(g) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the  "Exchange  Act").  We will be
subject to the information,  proxy solicitation,  insider trading  restrictions,
tender offer rules,  periodic reporting and other requirements of the Securities
and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act. We may not deregister the common
stock under the Exchange Act for a period of at least three years  following the
conversion.

                    WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         We are subject to the  informational  requirements  of the Exchange Act
and must file reports and other  information  with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission.

         We  have  filed  with  the   Securities   and  Exchange   Commission  a
registration  statement  on Form  SB-2  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended, with respect to the common stock offered in this document. As permitted
by the rules and  regulations of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  this
document  does not contain  all the  information  set forth in the  registration
statement.  This  information  can be  examined  without  charge  at the  public
reference  facilities of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  located at 450
Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,  and copies of the  registration
materials  can be  obtained  from the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  at
prescribed  rates.  You may obtain  information  on the  operation of the Public
Reference Room by calling 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission
also maintains an internet address ("Web site") that contains reports, proxy and
information statements and other information regarding registrants, including SE
Financial  Corp.,  that file  electronically  with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission.   The  address  for  this  Web  site  is  "http://www.sec.gov."  The
statements  contained  in this  document as to the  contents of any  contract or
other  document  filed as an exhibit to the Form SB-2 are, of  necessity,  brief
descriptions,  and each  statement  is  qualified  by  reference to the complete
contract or document.

         The Bank has filed an  application  for  conversion  with the Office of
Thrift Supervision.  This prospectus omits certain information contained in that
application.  That  information  can be  examined  without  charge at the public
reference  facilities  of the  Office of Thrift  Supervision  located  at 1700 G
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20552.

                                       101



                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                        ST. EDMOND'S FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK



Independent Auditor's Report                                                 F-1

Consolidated Balance Sheet                                                   F-2

Consolidated Statement of Income                                             F-3

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Retained Earnings                       F-4

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows                                         F-5

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements                               F-6



         Other  schedules  are  omitted  as  they  are not  required  or are not
applicable or the required  information is shown in the  consolidated  financial
statements or related notes.

         Separate  financial  statements  for SE Financial  Corp.  have not been
included in this  prospectus  because SE Financial  Corp.,  which has engaged in
only organizational activities to date, has no significant assets, contingent or
other liabilities, revenues, expenses or earnings per share.

                                       102


                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
                         ------------------------------



Board of Directors
St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank

We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet of St.  Edmond's
Federal  Savings Bank and  Subsidiary  as of October 31, 2003 and 2002,  and the
related  consolidated  statements of income,  changes in retained earnings,  and
cash  flows  for the  years  then  ended.  These  financial  statements  are the
responsibility  of the Bank's  management.  Our  responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted
in the  United  States of  America.  Those  standards  require  that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis,  evidence  supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management  as well as  evaluating  the overall
financial  statement  presentation.   We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position of St.  Edmond's
Federal  Savings Bank and  Subsidiary  as of October 31, 2003 and 2002,  and the
results  of their  operations  and their  cash flows for the years then ended in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.


/s/ S.R. Snodgrass, A.C.


Wexford, PA
December 12, 2003


                                      F-1


                ST. EDMOND'S FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET



                                                                       October 31,
                                                                    2003            2002
                                                               ------------    ------------
                                                                       
ASSETS
     Cash and due from banks                                   $    675,001    $  4,343,329
     Interest-bearing deposits with other institutions            5,628,890       2,957,378
                                                               ------------    ------------

         Cash and cash equivalents                                6,303,891       7,300,707

     Certificates of deposit in other financial institutions        183,483         178,744
     Investment securities available for sale                    27,337,238      23,491,988
     Loans receivable (net of allowance for loan losses
        of $262,561 and $266,700)                                50,729,660      51,689,179
     Accrued interest receivable                                    482,538         495,369
     Federal Home Loan Bank stock                                   735,000         642,100
     Real estate owned                                               38,881          25,000
     Premises and equipment, net                                  1,148,993       1,124,397
     Other assets                                                   407,622         313,669
                                                               ------------    ------------

             TOTAL ASSETS                                      $ 87,367,306    $ 85,261,153
                                                               ============    ============

LIABILITIES AND RETAINED EARNINGS
     Deposits                                                  $ 72,272,834    $ 70,015,110
     Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings                            6,637,204       6,694,342
     Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance                  477,386         565,950
     Accrued interest payable                                        49,703          74,126
     Other liabilities                                              258,521         524,734
                                                               ------------    ------------

             TOTAL LIABILITIES                                   79,695,648      77,874,262
                                                               ------------    ------------

     Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

     Retained earnings - substantially restricted                 7,755,558       7,199,733
     Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)                  (83,900)        187,158
                                                               ------------    ------------

             TOTAL RETAINED EARNINGS                              7,671,658       7,386,891
                                                               ------------    ------------

             TOTAL LIABILITIES AND RETAINED EARNINGS           $ 87,367,306    $ 85,261,153
                                                               ============    ============


See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-2


                ST. EDMOND'S FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME


                                                         Year Ended October 31,
                                                           2003          2002
                                                        -----------  -----------
                                                              
INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME
     Loans receivable                                   $ 3,934,009  $ 4,649,646
     Investment securities:
       Taxable                                            1,034,380    1,075,990
       Exempt from federal income tax                        76,690       18,502
     Interest-bearing deposits with other institutions       57,321       67,672
     Other dividend income                                   17,589       25,678
                                                        -----------  -----------
             Total interest and dividend income           5,119,989    5,837,488
                                                        -----------  -----------

INTEREST EXPENSE
     Deposits                                             2,227,809    2,705,330
     Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings                      221,872      294,229
                                                        -----------  -----------
             Total interest expense                       2,449,681    2,999,559
                                                        -----------  -----------

NET INTEREST INCOME                                       2,670,308    2,837,929
Provision for loan losses                                    33,000       25,000
                                                        -----------  -----------

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION
     FOR LOAN LOSSES                                      2,637,308    2,812,929
                                                        -----------  -----------

NONINTEREST INCOME
     Service fees on deposit accounts                       319,052      302,872
     Other                                                   66,780       62,479
                                                        -----------  -----------
             Total noninterest income                       385,832      365,351
                                                        -----------  -----------

NONINTEREST EXPENSE
     Compensation and employee benefits                   1,094,923    1,164,884
     Occupancy and equipment                                271,647      387,215
     Real estate operations, net                             15,377      (59,119)
     Federal deposit insurance premiums                      44,859       74,234
     Data processing expense                                296,342      289,646
     Professional fees                                       96,465       76,934
     Other                                                  357,717      351,703
                                                        -----------  -----------
             Total noninterest expense                    2,177,330    2,285,497
                                                        -----------  -----------

Income before income taxes                                  845,810      892,783
Income taxes                                                289,985      363,999
                                                        -----------  -----------

NET INCOME                                              $   555,825  $   528,784
                                                        ===========  ===========


See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-3


                ST. EDMOND'S FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN RETAINED EARNINGS



                                              Retained          Accumulated
                                             Earnings -            Other              Total
                                            Substantially       Comprehensive        Retained           Comprehensive
                                             Restricted        Income (Loss)         Earnings             Income
                                          ------------------  -----------------  -----------------   -----------------

                                                                                      
Balance, October 31, 2001                 $   6,670,949       $     185,310      $  6,856,259


Net income                                      528,784                               528,784        $      528,784
Other comprehensive income:
    Unrealized gain on available
      for sale securities
      net of taxes of $1,267                                          1,848             1,848                 1,848
                                                                                                     -----------------
Comprehensive income                                                                                 $      530,632
                                          ------------------  -----------------  -----------------   =================

Balance, October 31, 2002                     7,199,733             187,158         7,386,891


Net income                                       55,825                               555,825        $      555,825
Other comprehensive income:
    Unrealized loss on available
      for sale securities
      net of tax benefit of $163,887                               (271,058)         (271,058)             (271,058)
                                                                                                     -----------------
Comprehensive income                                                                                 $      284,767
                                          ------------------  -----------------  -----------------   =================

Balance, October 31, 2003                 $   7,755,558        $    (83,900)     $  7,671,658
                                          ==================  =================  =================


See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-4



                ST. EDMOND'S FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS




                                                                               Year Ended October 31,
                                                                                2003            2002
                                                                            ------------    ------------
                                                                                    

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
     Net income                                                             $    555,825    $    528,784
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
       by operating activities:
         Provision for loan losses                                                33,000          25,000
         Depreciation, amortization, and accretion                               167,784         172,683
         Deferred federal income taxes                                            77,339          25,571
         Decrease in accrued interest receivable                                  12,831          24,069
         Decrease in accrued interest payable                                    (24,423)        (43,296)
         Other, net                                                             (218,021)       (200,475)
                                                                            ------------    ------------
             Net cash provided by operating activities                           604,335         532,336
                                                                            ------------    ------------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
     Investment securities available for sale:
         Proceeds from principal repayments and maturities                    15,076,499       8,751,548
         Purchases                                                           (19,541,205)    (15,372,142)
     Decrease in loans receivable, net                                           746,406       7,303,725
     Proceeds from sales of real estate acquired through
        foreclosure                                                              260,235         953,097
     Redemption (purchase) of Federal Home Loan Bank stock                       (92,900)         58,700
     Purchase of premises and equipment                                         (162,208)        (46,393)
                                                                            ------------    ------------
             Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities             (3,713,173)      1,648,535
                                                                            ------------    ------------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
     Increase in deposits, net                                                 2,257,724       1,098,726
     Repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings                              (57,138)     (1,151,020)
     Decrease in advances by borrowers
        for taxes and insurance, net                                             (88,564)       (152,038)
                                                                            ------------    ------------
             Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities              2,112,022        (204,332)
                                                                            ------------    ------------

             Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                   (996,816)      1,976,539

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR                                 7,300,707       5,324,168
                                                                            ------------    ------------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR                                    $  6,303,891    $  7,300,707
                                                                            ============    ============

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES
     Cash paid:
         Interest                                                           $  2,474,104    $  3,042,855
         Income taxes                                                            317,717         405,160
     Noncash transactions:
         Transfers from loans to real estate acquired through foreclosure        312,813         660,169



See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-5


                ST. EDMOND'S FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A summary  of  significant  accounting  and  reporting  policies  applied in the
presentation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows:

Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation
- ----------------------------------------------

St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank") is a federally-chartered  savings
bank located in  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.  The Bank's  principal  sources of
revenue  emanate from its  investment  securities  portfolio,  its  portfolio of
residential real estate,  commercial, and consumer loans as well as a variety of
deposit  services  offered  to its  customers  through  two  offices  located in
Philadelphia County,  Pennsylvania,  and Gloucester County, New Jersey. The Bank
is subject to regulation and supervision by the Office of Thrift Supervision.


The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of the Bank and its
wholly-owned  subsidiary,  SE Investment  Services Corp. ("Services Corp."), ^an
inactive   investment   services  and  products   provider.   All   intercompany
transactions  have  been  eliminated  in   consoli-dation.   The  investment  in
subsidiary on the Bank's financial statements is carried at the Bank's equity in
the underlying net assets of the Services Corp.


The  accounting  principles  followed by the Bank and the Services Corp. and the
methods  of  applying  these  principles  conform  with  accounting   principles
generally  accepted  in the  United  States of America  and to general  practice
within the banking industry. In preparing the consolidated financial statements,
management  is  required  to make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect the
reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  as of the  balance  sheet date and
related  revenues  and  expenses  for the period.  Actual  results  could differ
significantly from those estimates.

Investment Securities
- ---------------------

The  Bank  has  classified  investment  securities,   including  mortgage-backed
securities, as available for sale to serve principally as a source of liquidity.
Unrealized  holding  gains and  losses  for  securities  available  for sale are
reported  as a  separate  component  of  retained  earnings,  net of tax,  until
realized.  Realized  securities gains and losses are computed using the specific
identification  method.  Interest and  dividends on  investment  securities  are
recognized as income when earned.

Common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB")  represents  ownership in an
institution  that is wholly-owned by other financial  institutions.  This equity
security is accounted for at cost and classified  separately on the Consolidated
Balance Sheet.

Loans Receivable
- ----------------

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding less the allowance for loan
losses and net of deferred loan origination fees and costs. Interest on loans is
recognized as income when earned on the accrual method.

Loans on which the accrual of interest has been  discontinued  are designated as
nonaccrual loans. Accrual of interest on loans is generally discontinued when it
is  determined  that a  reasonable  doubt  exists  as to the  collectibility  of
principal, interest, or both. Loans are returned to accrual status when past due
interest is collected and the collection of principal is probable.


Loan  origination  fees and  certain  direct  loan  origination  costs are being
deferred and the net amount  amortized as an  adjustment  of the related  loan's
yield.  The Bank is amortizing  these amounts over the  contractual  life of the
related loans ^using the interest method.


                                       F-6


1.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Allowance for Loan Losses
- -------------------------


The allowance  for loan losses ^ is  maintained  at a level by management  which
represents  the  evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio at
the balance  sheet date.  The  allowance  method is used in  providing  for loan
losses.  Accordingly,  all loan  losses are  charged to the  allowance,  and all
recoveries are credited to it. The allowance is established  through a provision
which  is   charged  to   operations.   ^Management's   evaluation   takes  into
consideration  the risks inherent in the loan  portfolio,  past  experience with
losses,  the impact of economic  conditions  on  borrowers,  and other  relevant
factors.  The  estimates  used in  determining  the  adequacy of the  allowance,
including  the  amounts  and timing of future  cash flows  expected  on impaired
loans, are particularly susceptible to significant changes in the near term.


A commercial  real estate loan is  considered  impaired  when it is probable the
borrower will not repay the loan according to the original  contractual terms of
the loan  agreement.  Management  has  determined  that first  mortgage loans on
one-to-four  family  properties and all consumer loans represent large groups of
smaller-balance  homo-geneous loans that are to be collectively evaluated. Loans
that experience  insignificant  payment delays,  which are defined as 90 days or
less,  generally are not classified as impaired. A loan is not impaired during a
period of delay in  payment  if the Bank  expects to  collect  all  amounts  due
including  interest  accrued at the contractual  interest rate for the period of
delay.  All  loans  identified  as  impaired  are  evaluated   independently  by
management.  The Bank  estimates  credit  losses on impaired  loans based on the
present  value  of  expected  cash  flows or the  fair  value of the  underlying
collateral if the loan  repayment is expected to come from the sale or operation
of such collateral. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when it
is determined  that a realized loss has occurred.  Until such time, an allowance
is maintained for estimated losses.  Cash receipts on impaired loans are applied
first to accrued  interest  receivable  unless  otherwise  required  by the loan
terms, except when an impaired loan is also a nonaccrual loan, in which case the
portion of the receipts related to interest is recognized as income.

Mortgage loans on one-to-four family properties and all consumer loans are large
groups of  smaller-balance  homogeneous  loans and are measured  for  impairment
collectively.  Loans that experience  insignificant  payment  delays,  which are
defined as 90 days or less, generally are not classified as impaired. Management
determines the  significance  of payment  delays on a case-by-case  basis taking
into  consideration  all of the  circumstances  surrounding  the  loan  and  the
borrower including the length of the delay, the borrower's prior payment record,
and the amount of shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

Premises and Equipment
- ----------------------

Premises,  leasehold  improvements,  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  less
accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation and amortization are
calculated using the  straight-line  method over the useful lives of the related
assets, which range from two to ten years for furniture, fixtures, and equipment
and 30 to 31.5 years for building premises. Leasehold improvements are amortized
over the  shorter of their  estimated  useful  lives or their  respective  lease
terms,  which range from three to five years.  Expenditures  for maintenance and
repairs are charged to  operations  as incurred.  Costs of major  additions  and
improvements are capitalized.

Real Estate Owned
- -----------------

Real estate owned  acquired in settlement of foreclosed  loans is carried at the
lower of cost or fair value minus estimated costs to sell.  Valuation allowances
for  estimated  losses are provided  when the carrying  value of the real estate
acquired exceeds fair value minus estimated costs to sell. Operating expenses of
such properties, net of related income, are expensed in the period incurred.

                                       F-7


1.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Federal Income Taxes
- --------------------

The Bank and subsidiary file a consolidated Federal income tax return.  Deferred
tax assets and liabilities  are reflected  based on the differences  between the
financial statement and the income tax basis of assets and liabilities using the
enacted marginal tax rates. Deferred income tax expense and benefit are based on
the changes in the deferred tax assets or liabilities from period to period.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
- -------------------------

The Bank has defined  cash and cash  equivalents  as cash and due from banks and
interest-bearing  deposits with other institutions that have original maturities
of less than 90 days.

Comprehensive Income
- --------------------

The Bank is required to present  comprehensive  income and its  components  in a
full set of  general-purpose  financial  statements  for all periods  presented.
Other  comprehensive  income is comprised  exclusively of net unrealized holding
gains  (losses) on its  available-for-sale  securities  portfolio.  The Bank has
elected  to report  the  effects  of other  comprehensive  income as part of the
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Retained Earnings.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements
- --------------------------------

In August  2001,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  ("FAS") No. 143,  Accounting  for
Asset Retirement Obligations,  which requires that the fair value of a liability
be  recognized  when incurred for the  retirement of a long-lived  asset and the
value of the asset be increased by that amount. The statement also requires that
the  liability be  maintained  at its present  value in  subsequent  periods and
outlines  certain  disclosures  for  such  obligations.  The  adoption  of  this
statement,  which was effective November 1, 2002, did not have a material effect
on the Bank's financial position or results of operations.

In July 2002, the FASB issued FAS No. 146,  Accounting for Costs Associated with
Exit or  Disposal  Activities,  which  requires  companies  to  recognize  costs
associated  with exit or disposal  activities when they are incurred rather than
at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan. This statement replaces
EITF Issue No. 94-3,  Liability  Recognition  for Certain  Employee  Termination
Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity  (Including  Certain Costs Incurred
in a  Restructuring).  The new  statement  is  effective  for  exit or  disposal
activities initiated after December 31, 2002. The adoption of this statement did
not have a  material  effect on the  Bank's  financial  position  or  results of
operations.

On December 31, 2002, the FASB issued FAS No. 148,  Accounting  for  Stock-Based
Compensation - Transition and Disclosure,  which amends FAS No. 123,  Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation.  FAS No. 148 amends the disclosure requirements of
FAS No. 123 to require more prominent and more frequent disclosures in financial
statements about the effects of stock-based  compensation.  Under the provisions
of FAS No. 123,  companies that adopted the preferable,  fair value based method
were required to apply that method  prospectively  for new stock option  awards.
This  contributed to a "ramp-up" effect on stock-based  compensation  expense in
the first few years following  adoption,  which caused concern for companies and
investors  because of the lack of  consistency in reported  results.  To address
that concern,  FAS No. 148 provides two  additional  methods of transition  that
reflect  an  entity's  full  complement  of  stock-based   compensation  expense
immediately upon adoption,  thereby  eliminating the ramp-up effect. FAS No. 148
also  improves the clarity and  prominence  of  disclosures  about the pro forma
effects of using the fair  value  based  method of  accounting  for  stock-based
compensation for all companies -- regardless of the accounting method used -- by
requiring that the data be presented more prominently and in a

                                       F-8


1.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements (Continued)
- --------------------------------------------

more  user-friendly  format in the  footnotes to the  financial  statements.  In
addition,  the  statement  improves  the  timeliness  of  those  disclosures  by
requiring  that  this  information  be  included  in  interim  as well as annual
financial  statements.  The transition guidance and annual disclosure provisions
of FAS No. 148 are  effective  for fiscal years ending after  December 15, 2002,
with  earlier  application  permitted  in  certain  circumstances.  The  interim
disclosure  provisions are effective for financial reports containing  financial
statements for interim  periods  beginning after December 15, 2002. The adoption
of this  statement  did not  have a  material  effect  on the  Bank's  financial
position or results of operations.

In April,  2003,  the FASB issued FAS No. 149,  Amendment  of  Statement  133 on
Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities.  This  statement  amends  and
clarifies  accounting for derivative  instruments,  including certain derivative
instruments  embedded in other contracts,  and for hedging  activities under FAS
No. 133. The amendments set forth in FAS No. 149 improve financial  reporting by
requiring  that  contracts  with  comparable  characteristics  be accounted  for
similarly.  In particular,  this statement  clarifies under what circumstances a
contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative
as  discussed  in FAS No. 133.  In  addition,  it  clarifies  when a  derivative
contains a financing  component that warrants special reporting in the statement
of cash flows.  FAS No.149 amends certain other existing  pronouncements.  Those
changes  will  result  in  more  consistent  reporting  of  contracts  that  are
derivatives in their entirety or that contain embedded  derivatives that warrant
separate  accounting.  This statement is effective for contracts entered into or
modified  after  September  30,  2003,  except as stated  below and for  hedging
relationships  designated  after  September  30, 2003.  The  guidance  should be
applied  prospectively.  The provisions of this statement that relate to FAS No.
133  Implementation  Issues that have been  effective  for fiscal  quarters that
began prior to September 15, 2003,  should  continue to be applied in accordance
with their respective effective dates. In addition,  certain provisions relating
to forward purchases or sales of when-issued securities or other securities that
do not yet  exist,  should  be  applied  to  existing  contracts  as well as new
contracts  entered into after September 30, 2003. The adoption of this statement
did not have a material  effect on the Bank's  financial  position or results of
operations.

In May 2003,  the FASB issued FAS No.  150,  Accounting  for  Certain  Financial
Instruments with  Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. This statement
establishes  standards  for  how  an  issuer  classifies  and  measures  certain
financial  instruments with  characteristics  of both liabilities and equity. It
requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope
as a liability (or an asset in some  circumstances).  Such  instruments may have
been previously  classified as equity. This statement is effective for financial
instruments  entered  into or modified  after May 31,  2003,  and  otherwise  is
effective at the beginning of the first interim period  beginning after June 15,
2003,  except for  mandatorily  redeemable  financial  instrument  of  nonpublic
entities.  These  financial  instrument  are subject to the  provisions  of this
Statement for the first fiscal period  beginning  after  December 15, 2003.  The
adoption of this statement has not and is not expected to have a material effect
on the Bank's reported equity.

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor's  Accounting
and Disclosure  requirements for Guarantees,  Including  Indirect  Guarantees of
Indebtedness of Others. This interpretation  elaborates on the disclosures to be
made by a guarantor  in its interim and annual  financial  statements  about its
obligations  under certain  guarantees that it has issued.  This  interpretation
clarifies  that a  guarantor  is  required  to  disclose  (a) the  nature of the
guarantee,  including the approximate  term of the guarantee,  how the guarantee
arose,  and the events or  circumstances  that would  require the  guarantor  to
perform under the guarantee; (b) the maximum potential amount of future payments
under the guarantee;  (c) the carrying amount of the liability,  if any, for the
guarantor's  obligations  under the guarantee;  and (d) the nature and extent of
any recourse provisions or available  collateral that would enable the guarantor
to recover  the  amounts  paid under the  guarantee.  This  interpretation  also
clarifies  that a guarantor  is required to  recognize,  at the  inception  of a
guarantee,  a liability  for the  obligations  it has  undertaken in issuing the
guarantee,  including its ongoing  obligation to stand ready to perform over the
term of the  guarantee  in the event  that the  specified  triggering  events or
conditions occur. The objective of the initial measurement of

                                       F-9


1.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


Recent Accounting Pronouncements (Continued)
- --------------------------------------------

that liability is the fair value of the guarantee at its inception.  The initial
recognition  and  initial  measurement  provisions  of this  interpretation  are
applicable  on a  prospective  basis to  guarantees  issued  or  modified  after
December  31,  2002,  irrespective  of  the  guarantor's  fiscal  year-end.  The
disclosure  requirements  in this  interpretation  are  effective  for financial
statements  of interim or annual  periods  ending after  December 15, 2002.  The
adoption  of this  interpretation  did not have a material  effect on the Bank's
financial position or results of operations.

In  January,  2003,  the FASB issued  Interpretation  No. 46,  Consolidation  of
Variable Interest Entities,  in an effort to expand upon and strengthen existing
accounting  guidance  that  addresses  when  a  company  should  include  in its
financial  statements the assets,  liabilities and activities of another entity.
The  objective  of this  interpretation  is not to restrict  the use of variable
interest entities but to improve financial  reporting by companies involved with
variable  interest  entities.  Until now,  one company  generally  has  included
another entity in its  consolidated  financial  statements only if it controlled
the  entity  through  voting  interests.  This  interpretation  changes  that by
requiring a variable  interest  entity to be  consolidated  by a company if that
company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable  interest
entity's  activities or entitled to receive a majority of the entity's  residual
returns or both. The  consolidation  requirements of this  interpretation  apply
immediately to variable  interest  entities  created after January 31, 2003. The
consolidation  requirements  apply to older entities in the first fiscal year or
interim  period  beginning  after  June  15,  2003.  Certain  of the  disclosure
requirements  apply in all financial  statements  issued after January 31, 2003,
regardless of when the variable  interest  entity was  established.  In October,
2003, the FASB decided to defer to the fourth quarter from the third quarter the
implementation  date for  Interpretation  No. 46. This  deferral only applies to
variable  interest entities that existed prior to February 1, 2003. The adoption
of this  interpretation has not and is not expected to have a material effect on
the Bank's financial position or results of operations.

Reclassification of Comparative Amounts
- ---------------------------------------

Certain  items  previously  reported  have been  reclassified  to conform to the
current  year's  reporting  format.  Such  reclassifications  did not affect net
income or retained earnings.

2.       INVESTMENT SECURITIES

     The  amortized  cost and estimated  market value of  investment  securities
     available for sale are summarized as follows:




                                                              2003
                                  -------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Gross           Gross      Estimated
                                    Amortized     Unrealized      Unrealized     Market
                                       Cost         Gains           Losses       Value
                                  -------------  --------------  -----------  -----------
                                                                  
Available for Sale
Fannie Mae                        $ 7,935,480   $    73,560   $   (26,103)   $ 7,982,937
Freddie Mac                         1,676,458        15,283        (3,668)     1,688,073
Government National Mortgage
  Association securities            1,229,529        32,871            --      1,262,400
                                  -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
     Total mortgage-backed
       securities                  10,841,467       121,714       (29,771)    10,933,410

U.S. Government
  agency securities                13,721,409        40,534      (279,773)    13,482,170
Municipal securities                2,728,283        32,596       (20,369)     2,740,510
                                  -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
          Total debt securities    27,291,159       194,844      (329,913)    27,156,090
Mutual funds                          180,706           442            --        181,148
                                  -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
          Total                   $27,471,865   $   195,286   $  (329,913)   $27,337,238
                                  ===========   ===========   ===========    ===========




                                      F-10


2.      INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)




                                                              2002
                                  ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Gross           Gross      Estimated
                                    Amortized       Unrealized      Unrealized     Market
                                       Cost           Gains           Losses       Value
                                  -------------  --------------  -------------- -----------
                                                                  
Available for Sale
Fannie Mae                          $10,784,093    $   128,954   $   (22,809)   $10,890,238
Freddie Mac                           4,145,968         46,146       (14,870)     4,177,244
Government National Mortgage
  Association securities              2,394,363         60,735            --      2,455,098
                                    -----------    -----------   -----------    -----------
     Total mortgage-backed
       securities                    17,324,424        235,835       (37,679)    17,522,580
U.S. Government agency
  securities                          4,694,769      4,779,021        85,635        (1,383)
Municipal securities - tax-exempt       978,905      1,012,016        37,991        (4,880)
                                    -----------    -----------   -----------    -----------
     Total debt securities           22,998,098        359,461       (43,942)    23,313,617
Mutual funds                            178,371             --            --        178,371
                                    -----------    -----------   -----------    -----------

          Total                     $23,176,469    $   359,461   $   (43,942)   $23,491,988
                                    ===========    ===========   ===========    ===========




The amortized cost and estimated  market value of debt securities at October 31,
2003, by  contractual  maturity,  are shown below.  Mortgaged-backed  securities
provide for periodic,  generally monthly, payments of principal and interest and
have  contractual  maturities  ranging  from  five  to  thirty  years.  Expected
maturities will differ from contractual  maturities  because  borrowers may have
the right to call or  prepay  obligations  with or  without  call or  prepayment
penalties.

                                                                  Estimated
                                               Amortized            Market
                                                  Cost              Value
                                            -----------------  -----------------

Due within one year                         $      9,004,443   $      8,832,416
Due after one year through five years              6,261,724          6,194,592
Due after five years through ten years             1,250,000          1,260,792
Due after ten years                               10,774,992         10,868,290
                                            -----------------  -----------------

          Total                             $     27,291,159   $     27,156,090
                                            =================  =================


Investment  securities  with  amortized  cost and  estimated  market  values  of
$6,639,705  and  $6,737,536 at October 31, 2003 and $7,812,955 and $7,957,073 at
October 31, 2002, were pledged to secure deposits and other purposes required by
law.

3.       LOANS RECEIVABLE

Loans receivable consist of the following:



                                                              2003               2002
                                                        -----------------  -----------------
                                                                   
Mortgage loans:
     One-to-four family                                 $     36,149,150   $     37,809,477
     Multi-family                                                466,356          1,288,988
     Commercial                                                4,005,520          4,333,878
     Construction                                              1,416,030            150,701
                                                        -----------------  -----------------
                                                              42,037,056         43,583,044

Home equity loans                                              8,409,279          7,793,997
Loans on savings accounts                                        473,141            425,452
Other                                                            151,234            343,029
                                                        -----------------  -----------------
                                                              51,070,710         52,145,522
Less:
     Net deferred loan fees and unamortized premiums              78,489            189,643
     Allowance for loan losses                                   262,561            266,700
                                                        -----------------  -----------------

          Total                                         $     50,729,660   $     51,689,179
                                                        =================  =================


                                      F-11


3.      LOANS RECEIVABLE (Continued)

Mortgage  loans  serviced  by the Bank for others  amounted  to  $5,886,718  and
$10,176,477 at October 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

The Bank's primary business  activity is with customers located within its local
trade  area.   Commercial,   residential,   and  personal   loans  are  granted.
Approximately $10.9 million or 21.3 percent,  and $12.7 million or 24.6 percent,
of the loan portfolio at October 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively,  was comprised
of  non  owner-occupied  rental  property  loan  arrangements.   In  general,  a
substantial portion of the Bank's loan customers'  abilities to honor their loan
agreements is dependent upon the economic stability of the immediate trade area.

Activity in the  allowance  for loan  losses for the years  ended  October 31 is
summarized as follows:



                                                       2003               2002
                                                 -----------------  -----------------

                                                            
     Balance, beginning of period                $        266,700   $        424,453
     Add:
          Provision charged to operations                  33,000             25,000
          Loan recoveries                                  10,124             14,899
                                                 -----------------  -----------------
                                                          309,824            464,352
     Less:
          Charge-offs                                      47,263            197,652
                                                 -----------------  -----------------

     Balance, end of period                      $        262,561   $        266,700
                                                 =================  =================


The Bank had  nonaccrual  loans of $155,168 and $385,782 at October 31, 2003 and
2002, respectively, which in management's opinion did not meet the definition of
impaired.  Interest  income on loans would have been increased by  approximately
$15,000 and $23,000,  respectively,  if these loans had  performed in accordance
with their original terms.

At October 31, 2003 and 2002,  respectively,  the recorded  investment  in loans
which were  considered  to be impaired was $214,672 and  $157,301,  of which all
were  nonaccrual.  In  addition,   $16,453  and  $41,517,  for  2003  and  2002,
respectively,  of the  related  allowance  for loan  losses  was  allocated  for
impaired  loans.  The average  recorded  investment in impaired loans during the
years ended October 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively,  was $109,746 and $159,364.
For the years  ended  October 31, 2003 and 2002,  the Bank  recognized  interest
income on impaired loans of $34,471 and $11,227, respectively.

In the normal course of business, loans are extended to officers, directors, and
corporations  in  which  they  are  beneficially   interested  as  stockholders,
officers,  or  directors.  A summary of loan  activity  for those  officers  and
directors  with  aggregate loan balances in excess of $60,000 for the year ended
October 31, 2003, is as follows:

                                        Amounts
        2002          Additions        Collected        2003
      ----------   ----------------   -----------    -----------

      $ 540,230       $       -       $  81,073      $ 459,157


4.       FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK STOCK

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System. As a member, the Bank
maintains an  investment  in the capital  stock of the FHLB of  Pittsburgh in an
amount not less than 70 basis points of the  outstanding  unused FHLB  borrowing
capacity and one twentieth of its  outstanding  FHLB  borrowings,  as calculated
throughout the year.

                                      F-12



5.      PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consist of the following:

                                               2003               2002
                                           ---------------  -----------------

     Land                                  $      150,000   $        150,000
     Buildings and leasehold improvements       1,309,924          1,295,555
     Furniture, fixtures, and equipment         1,502,128          1,354,476
                                           ---------------  -----------------
                                                2,962,052          2,800,031
     Less accumulated depreciation              1,813,059          1,675,634
                                           ---------------  -----------------

          Total                            $    1,148,993   $      1,124,397
                                           ===============  =================


Depreciation  expense  amounted to  $137,612  and  $207,795  for the years ended
October 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

6.       DEPOSITS

Deposit accounts are summarized at October 31, as follows:



                                                2003                          2002
                                        -----------------------      -----------------------
                                        Amount              %             Amount         %
                                        --------------  -------      --------------  -------

                                                                        
Non interest-bearing demand             $   2,889,656      4.0  %    $   2,478,535      3.5 %
NOW accounts                                3,232,298      4.5           2,362,208      3.4
Money market deposit                        4,612,594      6.5           3,885,936      5.6
Savings                                     9,683,297     13.4           8,569,198     12.2
                                        --------------  -------      --------------  -------
                                           20,417,845     28.4          17,295,877     24.7
                                        --------------  -------      --------------  -------

Time certificates of deposit:
     0.90 - 2.00%                          13,400,400     18.5             100,578      0.1
     2.01 - 4.00%                          18,534,202     25.6          26,451,371     37.8
     4.01 - 6.00%                          18,953,245     26.2          24,926,897     35.6
     6.01 - 8.00%                             967,142      1.3           1,240,387      1.8
                                        --------------  -------      --------------  -------
                                           51,854,989     71.6          52,719,233     75.3
                                        --------------  -------      --------------  -------

               Total                    $  72,272,834    100.0  %    $  70,015,110    100.0 %
                                        ==============  =======      ==============  =======


The schedule  maturities of time  certificates of deposit as of October 31, 2003
are as follows:

Within one year                                     $  21,716,551
Beyond one year but within two years                    6,186,512
Beyond two years but within three years                 6,476,535
Beyond three years but within four years                6,562,823
Beyond four years but within five years                10,912,568
                                                    --------------

                                                    $  51,854,989
                                                    ==============


Time deposits  include  certificates of deposit in  denominations of $100,000 or
more. Such deposits aggregated $9,083,688 and $8,992,436 at October 31, 2003 and
2002, respectively. ^Deposits in excess of $100,000 are not federally insured.


                                      F-13


6.      DEPOSITS (Continued)

The scheduled  maturities of time  certificates of deposit in  denominations  of
$100,000 or more at October 31, 2003, are as follows:

  Within three months                                  1,579,498
  Three through six months                               777,973
  Six through twelve months                            1,395,465
  Over twelve months                                   5,330,752
                                                   --------------

                                                       9,083,688
                                                   ==============


Interest expense by deposit category is as follows:

                                                        2003           2002
                                                   --------------  -------------

NOW                                                $      36,174   $     38,586
Money market                                              80,146         97,340
Savings                                                  146,084        177,980
Time certificates of deposit                           1,965,405      2,391,424
                                                   --------------  -------------

      Total                                        $   2,227,809   $  2,705,330
                                                   ==============  =============


7.       FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK BORROWINGS

The following tables set forth information concerning advances with the FHLB:




                                          Weighted        Stated
                           Maturity       average        interest           ^ At October 31,
       Description           Date      interest rate       rate            2003            2002
   ---------------------  -----------  ---------------   ---------     -------------   --------------

                                                                       
   Convertible             2/18/2010             5.91 %      5.91 %     $ 1,000,000      $ 1,000,000
   Fixed rate              8/20/2008             6.24        6.24         1,500,000        1,500,000
   Fixed rate amortizing   11/3/2005             6.47        6.47           137,204          194,342
   Line                    4/5/2004              1.31        1.31         4,000,000        4,000,000
                                                                        ------------   --------------

                                                                        $ 6,637,204      $ 6,694,342
                                                                        ===========      ===========



Maturities of ^ FHLB borrowings at October 31, are summarized as follows:

                           2003                              2002
                 -------------------------------   -----------------------------
   Year Ending                    Weighted-                         Weighted-
   October 31,       Amount      average Rate          Amount      average Rate
 --------------- ------------  -----------------   ------------  ---------------

       2003      $         -           -           $    57,138        2.04%
       2004        4,060,946        1.38%            4,060,946        6.47%
       2005           65,009        6.47%               65,009        6.47%
       2006           11,249        6.47%               11,249        6.47%
       2008        1,500,000        6.24%            1,500,000        6.24%
       2010        1,000,000        5.91%            1,000,000        5.91%
                 -----------                       -----------
                 $ 6,637,204        3.22%          $ 6,694,342        3.65%
                 ===========                       ===========


                                      F-14



7.      FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK BORROWINGS (Continued)

FHLB "RepoPlus" advances are short-term  borrowings that mature within one year,
bear a variable  rate of interest  that  adjusts  daily,  and are not subject to
prepayment penalties. The Bank has a maximum borrowing capacity of $58.8 million
with the FHLB at October 31, 2003.

The Bank entered into a ten-year  "Convertible  Select" fixed commitment advance
arrangement  for  $1,000,000  with the FHLB.  Rates  may be reset at the  FHLB's
discretion  on a quarterly  basis based on the  three-month  LIBOR rate. At each
rate  change  the Bank may  exercise a put option  and  satisfy  the  obligation
without penalty.


All  borrowings  from  the FHLB  are  secured  by a  blanket  lien on  qualified
collateral,  defined  principally  as investment  securities  and mortgage loans
which are owned by the Bank  free and  clear of any  liens or  encumbrances.  In
addition,  the Bank has a maximum  borrowing  capacity of $58.8 million with the
FHLB at October 31, 2003.


8.       INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes consists of:

                                                 2003                2002
                                            ----------------    ---------------
    Federal tax expense:
         Current                            $       151,955     $  263,429
         Deferred                                    77,339         25,571
                                            ----------------    ---------------
                                                    229,294        289,000
    State and local
         Current                                     60,691         74,999
                                            ----------------    ---------------

         Total                              $       289,985     $  363,999
                                            ================    ===============


The tax effects of deductible and taxable  temporary  differences that gave rise
to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities,
respectively, at October 31 are as follows:

                                                    2003             2002
                                               --------------   ---------------
Deferred tax assets:
    Allowance for loan losses                  $     84,674     $      79,728
    Allowance for REO losses                          6,100            23,710
    Premises and equipment                                -            26,362
    Nonaccrual interest                               6,627            16,630
    Net unrealized loss on securities                50,727                 -
                                               --------------   ---------------
         Total gross deferred tax assets            148,128           146,430
                                               --------------   ---------------

Deferred tax liabilities:
    Premises and equipment                            28,310                -
    Net unrealized gain on securities                      -          128,361
                                               --------------   ---------------
         Total gross deferred tax liabilities         28,310          128,361
                                               --------------   ---------------

         Net deferred tax assets               $     119,818    $      18,069
                                               ==============   ===============

No valuation  allowance was established at October 31, 2003 and 2002, in view of
the Bank's  ability to carryback to taxes paid in previous years and certain tax
strategies  coupled with the  anticipated  future taxable income as evidenced by
the Bank's earnings potential.

                                      F-15


8.      INCOME TAXES (Continued)

The reconciliation of the federal statutory rate and the Bank's effective income
tax rate are as follows:



                                                2003                        2002
                                         ------------------------    --------------------
                                                           % of                    % of
                                                         Pre-tax                  Pre-tax
                                          Amount          Income      Amount      Income
                                         ---------   ------------    ---------   --------

                                                                     
Provision of statutory rate              $287,524         34.0 %    $303,546       34.0 %
State tax expense,
  net of federal tax                       40,056          4.7        49,499        5.5
Tax-exempt                                (22,322)        (2.7)       (5,415)      (0.6)
Other, net                                (15,273)        (1.8)       16,369        1.8
                                         ---------   ----------     ---------   --------
Actual tax expense and
  effective rate                         $289,985         34.2 %    $363,999       40.7 %
                                         =========   ==========     =========   ========



The Bank is subject to the Pennsylvania  Mutual Thrift  Institutions Tax that is
calculated at 11.5 percent of earnings based on accounting  principles generally
accepted in the United States of America with certain adjustments.

9.       COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Commitments
- -----------

In the normal course of business, management makes various commitments which are
not  reflected in the  accom-panying  financial  statements.  These  commitments
involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess
of the amount  recognized in the balance  sheet.  The Bank's  exposure to credit
loss in the  event of  nonperformance  by the  other  parties  to the  financial
instruments  is represented by the  contractual  amounts as disclosed.  The Bank
minimizes its exposure to credit loss under these commitments by subjecting them
to credit approval and review procedures and collateral requirements,  as deemed
necessary, in compliance with lending policy guidelines.  Generally, collateral,
usually in the form of real estate, is required to support financial instruments
with credit risk.

The off-balance sheet commitments were comprised of the following:

                                                  2003               2002
                                            -----------------  -----------------

     Commitments to extend credit           $      3,272,732   $      1,575,734


^Included above are fixed rate  commitments  of  approximately  $1,250,000  with
interest  rates  ranging  from 4.87  percent to 7.25  percent.  The  commitments
outstanding at October 31, 2003, contractually mature in less than one year.


Commitments  to extend  credit are  agreements  to lend to a customer as long as
there is no violation of any condition established in the loan agreement.  These
commitments are comprised  primarily of available  commercial and personal lines
of credit and loans  approved  but not yet funded.  Commitments  generally  have
fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a
fee.

Contingent Liabilities
- ----------------------

The Bank is involved in various legal actions from the normal course of business
activities. Management believes the liability, if any, arising from such actions
will not have a material adverse effect on the Bank's financial position.

                                      F-16


10.     EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The  Bank  currently  sponsors  a 401(k)  savings  plan  for  substantially  all
employees  and officers of the Bank.  Under the terms of the plan,  the Bank may
match  eligible  employee  contributions  at  the  discretion  of the  Board  of
Directors not to exceed  amounts  allowable by law. All employees  with at least
one year of  service  who work  over  1,000  hours  per  year  are  eligible  to
participate in the plan. The Bank contributes 100 percent of the first 4 percent
of an  employee's  contribution  and 50  percent  of the next 2  percent,  for a
maximum match of 5 percent.  Such matching  contributions vest over a three-year
period. The Bank made contributions of approximately $39,000 and $31,000 for the
years ended October 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

11.      REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS

Regulatory Capital Requirements
- -------------------------------

Federal  regulations  require the Bank to maintain  minimum  amounts of capital.
Specifically,  each is required to maintain  certain  minimum dollar amounts and
ratios of Total and Tier I capital to  risk-weighted  assets and of Core capital
to average total assets.

In  addition  to  the  capital  requirements,   the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  Improvement  Act  ("FDICIA")  established  five capital  categories
ranging from "well  capitalized"  to "critically  undercapitalized."  Should any
institution  fail  to  meet  the  requirements  to  be  considered   "adequately
capitalized,"  it would become subject to a series of  increasingly  restrictive
regulatory actions.


As of October 31, 2003 and 2002,  the Office of Thrift  Supervision  categorized
the  Bank  as  well  capitalized  under  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt
corrective action. To be classified as a well capitalized financial institution,
Total risk-based,  Tier 1 risk-based,  Core capital, and Tangible equity capital
ratios must be at least 10.0 percent, 6.0 percent, 5.0 percent, and 1.5 percent,
respectively.  ^Management  believes,  as of October 31, 2003,  the Bank met all
capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.


The Bank's actual  capital ratios are presented in the following  tables,  which
show that the Bank met all regulatory capital requirements.

The following table  reconciles the Bank's capital under  accounting  principles
generally accepted in the United States of America to regulatory capital.


                                                        2003           2002
                                                    -------------  -----------

     Total retained earnings                          $7,671,658   $7,386,891
     Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss        83,900     (187,158)
                                                      -----------  -----------

     Tier I, core, and tangible capital                7,755,558    7,199,733

     Allowance for loan losses                       ^   246,108  ^   225,183
                                                      -----------  -----------

     Total risk-based capital                        ^$8,001,666  ^$7,424,916
                                                      ===========  ===========


                                      F-17


11.     REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS (Continued)

Regulatory Capital Requirements
- -------------------------------

The Bank's actual capital ratios are presented in the following table:



                                                2003                            2002
                                     ---------------------------     --------------------------
                                        Amount          Ratio           Amount         Ratio
                                     --------------  -----------     -------------   ----------
                                                                          

Total Capital
  (to Risk-weighted Assets)
  -------------------------

Actual                              ^$ 8,001,666         21.0 %      ^$ 7,424,916     ^  20.6 %
For Capital Adequacy Purposes          3,049,680          8.0           2,878,000         8.0
To Be Well Capitalized                 3,812,100         10.0           3,597,500        10.0

Tier I Capital
  (to Risk-weighted Assets)
  -------------------------

Actual                               $ 7,755,558         20.3 %       $ 7,199,733        20.0 %
For Capital Adequacy Purposes          1,524,840          4.0           1,439,000         4.0
To Be Well Capitalized                 2,287,260          6.0           2,158,500         6.0

Core Capital
  (to Adjusted Assets)
  --------------------

Actual                               $ 7,755,558          8.9 %       $ 7,199,733         8.4 %
For Capital Adequacy Purposes          3,500,132          4.0           3,423,067         4.0
To Be Well Capitalized                 4,375,165          5.0           4,278,834         5.0

Tangible Capital
  (to Adjusted Assets)
  --------------------

Actual                               $ 7,755,558          8.9 %       $ 7,199,733         8.4 %
For Capital Adequacy Purposes          1,312,550          1.5           1,283,650         1.5
To Be Well Capitalized                       N/A          N/A                 N/A         N/A



                                     F-18



12.      FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURE

The estimated fair values of the Bank's financial instruments are as follows:



                                                          2003                           2002
                                              ----------------------------  -----------------------------
                                                 Carrying         Fair          Carrying        Fair
                                                  Value           Value           Value         Value
                                              -------------   -------------  --------------  ------------
                                                                                 
Financial assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents                $  6,303,891       6,303,891    $  7,300,707     7,300,707
     Cerfiticates of deposit in other
       financial institutions                      183,483         184,000         178,744       179,000
     Investment Securities
        Available for sale                      27,337,238      27,337,238      23,491,988    23,491,988
     Net loans receivable                       50,729,660      53,767,557      51,689,179    54,832,889
     Accrued interest receivable                   482,538         482,538         495,369       495,369
     Federal Home Loan Bank stock                  735,000         735,000         642,100       642,100

Financial liabilities:
     Deposits                                   72,272,834      73,962,039      70,015,110    72,923,517
     Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings           6,637,204       6,977,845       6,694,342     6,978,145
     Accrued interest payable                       49,703          49,703          74,126        74,126



Financial  instruments are defined as cash, evidence of ownership interest in an
entity, or a contract which creates an obligation or right to receive or deliver
cash or another  financial  instrument  from/to a second  entity on  potentially
favorable or unfavorable terms.

Fair value is defined as the  amount at which a  financial  instrument  could be
exchanged  in a current  transaction  between  willing  parties  other than in a
forced  or  liquidation  sale.  If a  quoted  market  price is  available  for a
financial  instrument,  the estimated fair value would be calculated  based upon
the market price per trading unit of the instrument.

If no readily  available  market exists,  the fair value estimates for financial
instruments  should  be  based  upon  management's  judgment  regarding  current
economic  conditions,  interest rate risk, expected cash flows, future estimated
losses,  and other factors as determined through various option pricing formulas
or simulation modeling.  As many of these assumptions result from judgments made
by management based upon estimates which are inherently uncertain, the resulting
estimated fair values may not be indicative of the amount realizable in the sale
of a particular  financial  instrument.  In addition,  changes in assumptions on
which the estimated  fair values are based may have a significant  impact on the
resulting estimated fair values.

As certain assets such as deferred tax assets and premises and equipment are not
considered  financial  instruments,   the  estimated  fair  value  of  financial
instruments would not represent the full value of the Bank.

The Bank employed simulation modeling in determining the estimated fair value of
financial  instruments  for which quoted market prices were not available  based
upon the following assumptions:

Cash and Cash Equivalents,  Accrued Interest Receivable,  Federal Home Loan Bank
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock, and Accrued Interest Payable
- -----------------------------------

The fair value is equal to the current carrying value.

Investment Securities Available for Sale
- ----------------------------------------

The  fair  value of  investment  securities  available  for sale is equal to the
available  quoted  market price.  If no quoted  market price is available,  fair
value is estimated using the quoted market price for similar securities.


                                      F-19


12.     FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURE (Continued)

Loans  Receivable,  Certificates  of  Deposit in other  Financial  Institutions,
Deposits, and Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings

The fair value for loans is estimated by discounting  contractual cash flows and
adjusting  for  prepayment  estimates.  Discount  rates  are  based  upon  rates
generally charged for such loans with similar characteristics.  Demand, savings,
and money market deposit  accounts are valued at the amount payable on demand as
of  year-end.  Fair  values  for  certificates  of  deposit  in other  financial
institutions, time deposits, and Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings are estimated
using  a  discounted  cash  flow  calculation  that  applies  contractual  costs
currently being offered in the existing  portfolio to current market rates being
offered for products of similar remaining maturities.

Commitments to Extend Credit
- ----------------------------

These  financial  instruments  are generally not subject to sale,  and estimated
fair values are not readily  available.  The carrying value,  represented by the
net deferred fee arising from the unrecognized  commitment,  and the fair value,
determined by  discounting  the remaining  contractual  fee over the term of the
commitment  using fees currently  charged to enter into similar  agreements with
similar credit risk, are not considered material for disclosure. The contractual
amounts of unfunded commitments are presented in Note 9.

14.      PLAN OF CONVERSION

On January 15, 2004,  the Board of Directors of the Bank,  subject to regulatory
approval, ratified a Plan of Conversion (the "Plan") to convert from a federally
chartered  mutual savings  institituion  to a federally  chartered stock savings
institution.  The Bank will become a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of a concurrently
formed holding  company.  The plan provides that the holding  company will offer
nontransferable  subscription  rights to  purchase  common  stock of the holding
company.  The rights will be offered  first to  eligible  account  holders,  the
tax-qualified  employee  stock  benefit ^plans,  and other  members.  Any shares
remaining may then be offered to the general public.

The Plan provides for the establishment, upon completion of the conversion, of a
special  "liquidation  account" in an amount equal to the Bank's net worth as of
the latest  practicable  date prior to the  conversion.  This account is for the
benefit of eligible  account  holders ^in the event of  liquidation of the Bank.
The interest as to each deposit  account will be in the same  proportion  of the
total  liquidation  account  as  the  balance  of  the  deposit  account  on the
qualifying dates was to the aggregate balance of all deposit account of eligible
account  ^holders on the  qualifying  dates.  The  liquidation  account  will be
reduced in a  proportionate  amount if the amount in any deposit  account on any
annual closing date is less that it was on the respective  qualifying dates. The
liquidation  account  will not be  increased  despite any  increase in a deposit
account after the respective qualifying dates.


The  regulations  of the OTS prohibit  the Bank from  declaring or paying a cash
dividend if the effect thereof would cause the Bank's  regulatory  capital to be
reduced  below  either the amount  required for the  liquidation  account or the
federal  regulatory  capital  requirement  in  section  567.2 of the  Rules  and
Regulations of the OTS.


Costs  associated  with the  conversion  will be deferred and deducted  from the
proceeds  of the  stock  offering.  If,  for any  reason,  the  offering  is not
successful,  the deferred costs will be charged to operations. As of October 31,
2003, there were no costs associated with the conversion.


                                      F-20



You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to that to
which we have  referred you. We have not  authorized  anyone to provide you with
information  that is different.  This  document does not  constitute an offer to
sell,  or the  solicitation  of an offer to buy, any of the  securities  offered
hereby to any person in any  jurisdiction  in which  such offer or  solicitation
would be unlawful.  The affairs of SE Financial Corp. and its  subsidiaries  may
change  after the date of this  prospectus.  Delivery of this  document  and the
sales of shares made hereunder does not mean otherwise.





                            (SE Financial Corp. logo)


                               SE Financial Corp.
        (Proposed Holding Company for St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank)



                     Up to 2,012,500 Shares of Common Stock
                 (Subject to Increase to up to 2,314,375 Shares)



                        --------------------------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                        --------------------------------



                        Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P.


                                 March __, 2004



Until the later of  _____________,  2004, or 90 days after  commencement  of the
offering, all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not
participating  in this  distribution,  may be required to deliver a  prospectus.
This is in addition  to the  obligation  of the dealers to deliver a  prospectus
when acting as  underwriters  and with  respect to their  unsold  allotments  or
subscriptions.

                                       103





                 PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 27.          Exhibits:

                  The exhibits filed as part of this Registration  Statement are
as follows:



                     
                   1       Form of Agency Agreement with Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P.
                   2       Plan of Conversion of SE Financial Corp.
                   3(i)    Articles of Incorporation of SE Financial Corp.*
                   3(ii)   Bylaws of SE Financial Corp.*
                   4       Specimen  Stock Certificate of SE Financial Corp.*
                   5       Opinion of Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC regarding legality of
                           securities registered*
                   8.1     Federal  Tax Opinion of Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC
                   8.2     State Tax Opinion of Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC*
                  10.1     Executive Life Insurance Plan
                  10.2     Form of Director Incentive Retirement Plan
                  10.3     Form of Executive Officer Incentive Retirement Plan
                  21       Subsidiaries*
                  23.1     Consent of Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC (contained in its opinions
                           filed as Exhibits 5, 8.1 and 8.2)
                  23.2     Consent of S.R. Snodgrass, A.C.
                  23.3     Consent of FinPro, Inc.
                  24       Power of Attorney (reference is made to the signature page)
                  99.1     Stock Order Form
                  99.2     Marketing Materials
                  99.3     Opinion of FinPro, Inc. as to the value of subscription rights*
                  99.4     Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report prepared by FinPro, Inc.
         ----------------
         *        Previously filed.


                                      II-1



                                   SIGNATURES

         In accordance with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the  requirements  for filing on Form SB-2 and authorized  this  registration
statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf by the  undersigned,  in  Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, on March 1, 2004.

                                           SE FINANCIAL CORP.

                                      By:  /s/ Frank S. DePaolo
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Frank S. DePaolo
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer
                                           (Duly Authorized Representative)

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
registration  statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities indicated as of March 1, 2004.


/s/ Frank S. DePaolo                             /s/ Marcy C. Panzer*
- -----------------------------------------        -------------------------------
Frank S. DePaolo                                 Marcy C. Panzer
President and Chief Executive Officer            Chairman of the Board
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Gilbert Barsky*                              /s/ Samuel Barsky*
- -----------------------------------------        -------------------------------
Gilbert Barsky                                   Samuel Barsky
Director                                         Director

                                                 /s/ Andrew A. Hines*
- -----------------------------------------        -------------------------------
P. Charles DeRita                                Andrew A. Hines
Director                                         Director

                                                 /s/ Megan L. Mahoney*
- -----------------------------------------        -------------------------------
Ben Kovnat                                       Megan L. Mahoney
Director                                         Director

/s/ J. William Parker, Jr.*
- -----------------------------------------        -------------------------------
J. William Parker, Jr.                           Nicholas M. Renzi
Director                                         Director

/s/ William F. Saldutti, III*
- -----------------------------------------        -------------------------------
William F. Saldutti, III                         Susanne Spinell Shuster
Director                                         Director

/s/ Joseph Sidebotham, Sr.
- -----------------------------------------
Joseph Sidebotham, Sr.
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller
(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)


* Signed pursuant to a Power of Attorney.


                                      II-2